Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 248

Issue

Date
Part Number

Huawei Technologies Proprietary


Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. provides customers with comprehensive technical support and service. For any
assistance, please contact our local office or company headquarters.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com

Copyright © 2007 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All rights reserved.


No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are the property of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but the statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Proprietary


Contents

Contents

About This Document.....................................................................................................................1


1 Power Control Parameters........................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Uplink Power Control Parameters...................................................................................................................1-2
1.1.1 Power Offset Between Access Preamble and Message Control Part.....................................................1-3
1.1.2 PRACH Initial Transmit Power Constant..............................................................................................1-4
1.1.3 PRACH Power Ramp Step.....................................................................................................................1-5
1.1.4 Maximum Preamble Retransmit Attempts.............................................................................................1-6
1.1.5 Max Preamble Loop...............................................................................................................................1-6
1.1.6 Default DPCCH Transmit Power Constant............................................................................................1-7
1.1.7 Maximum UE Uplink Transmit Power..................................................................................................1-8
1.2 Downlink Power Control Parameters..............................................................................................................1-8
1.2.1 Maximum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link......................................................................1-9
1.2.2 Minimum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link.....................................................................1-11
1.2.3 Cell PCPICH Transmit Power..............................................................................................................1-11
1.2.4 Maximum PCPICH Transmit Power....................................................................................................1-12
1.2.5 Minimum PCPICH Transmit Power....................................................................................................1-13

2 Handover Parameters................................................................................................................2-1
2.1 Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters............................................................................................................2-2
2.1.1 Softer Handover Combination Indication Switch..................................................................................2-4
2.1.2 Intra-Frequency Measurement L3 Filter Coefficient.............................................................................2-4
2.1.3 Weighting Factor....................................................................................................................................2-6
2.1.4 Soft Handover Relative Thresholds.......................................................................................................2-7
2.1.5 Event 1F Absolute Thresholds...............................................................................................................2-8
2.1.6 Hysteresis Related to Soft Handover.....................................................................................................2-9
2.1.7 Time to Trigger Related to Soft Handover...........................................................................................2-11
2.1.8 Minimum Quality Threshold of Soft Handover...................................................................................2-13
2.1.9 Affect 1A and 1B Event Thresholds Flag............................................................................................2-13
2.1.10 Cell Individual Offset.........................................................................................................................2-14
2.2 Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters..........................................................................................................2-15
2.2.1 Inter-Frequency Measurement Report Mode.......................................................................................2-18
2.2.2 Inter-Frequency Measurement Quantity..............................................................................................2-19
2.2.3 Inter-Frequency Measurement Layer 3 Filter Coefficients..................................................................2-20

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary i


Contents

2.2.4 Frequency Weighting Factor................................................................................................................2-21


2.2.5 Hysteresis Related to Inter-Frequency Handover................................................................................2-22
2.2.6 Time to Trigger Related to Inter-Frequency Hard Handover...............................................................2-23
2.2.7 RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds....................................................2-24
2.2.8 EC/No-based Inter-Frequency Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds...................................................2-25
2.2.9 Target Frequency Trigger Threshold of Inter–Frequency Coverage...................................................2-26
2.2.10 Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inter-Frequency Handover.......................................2-27
2.2.11 Inter-Frequency Measurement Minimum Access Thresholds...........................................................2-28
2.2.12 Cell Individual Offset.........................................................................................................................2-29
2.3 Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters.................................................................2-30
2.3.1 Inter-RAT Measurement L3 Filter Coefficients...................................................................................2-33
2.3.2 Inter-RAT Measurement Report Mode................................................................................................2-34
2.3.3 Frequency Weighting Factor................................................................................................................2-35
2.3.4 Inter-RAT Period Report Interval........................................................................................................2-36
2.3.5 BSIC Verify Selection Switch..............................................................................................................2-37
2.3.6 Inter-RAT Measurement Quantity.......................................................................................................2-38
2.3.7 RSCP-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds.............................................................2-38
2.3.8 Ec/No-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds............................................................2-39
2.3.9 Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inter-RAT Handoverr................................................2-40
2.3.10 Inter-RAT Handover Judging Thresholds..........................................................................................2-41
2.3.11 Time to Trigger Related to Inter-RAT Handover..............................................................................2-43
2.3.12 Hysteresis Related to Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover............................................................2-43
2.3.13 Time to Trigger for Verified GSM Cell.............................................................................................2-44
2.3.14 Time to Trigger for Non-verified GSM Cell......................................................................................2-45
2.3.15 Penalty Time for Inter-RAT Handover..............................................................................................2-46
2.3.16 Cell Individual Offset.........................................................................................................................2-47
2.4 Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters.........................................................2-47
2.4.1 Inter-RAT Service Handover Switch...................................................................................................2-49
2.4.2 Inter-RAT Measurement L3 Filter Coefficient....................................................................................2-50
2.4.3 Hysteresis of Event 3C.........................................................................................................................2-50
2.4.4 Time to Trigger for Event 3C...............................................................................................................2-51
2.4.5 BSIC Verify Selection Switch..............................................................................................................2-52
2.4.6 Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Judging Thresholds.........................................................2-53
2.4.7 Penalty Time for Inter-RAT Handover................................................................................................2-54
2.4.8 Inter-RAT Handover Max Attempt Times...........................................................................................2-54
2.4.9 Inter-RAT Measure Timer Length.......................................................................................................2-55
2.5 Blind Handover Management Parameters.....................................................................................................2-56
2.5.1 Blind Handover Flag............................................................................................................................2-57
2.5.2 Blind Handover Priority.......................................................................................................................2-57
2.6 Cell Selection and Reselection......................................................................................................................2-58
2.6.1 Measurement Hysteresis Parameters....................................................................................................2-60
2.6.2 Load Level Offsets...............................................................................................................................2-61

ii Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


Contents

2.6.3 Minimum Quality Criterion.................................................................................................................2-62


2.6.4 Minimum Access Level.......................................................................................................................2-63
2.6.5 Cell Reselection Start Thresholds........................................................................................................2-64
2.6.6 Reselection Hysteresis Time................................................................................................................2-65
2.6.7 Minimum Access Level for Inter-RAT Cell........................................................................................2-65

3 Admission Control Parameters................................................................................................3-1


3.1 Uplink and Downlink Initial Access Rates of BE Service..............................................................................3-4
3.2 Intelligent Admission Algorithm Switch........................................................................................................3-4
3.3 AMR Voice Uplink Threshold for Conversation Service...............................................................................3-6
3.4 Non AMR Voice Uplink Threshold of Conversation Service........................................................................3-7
3.5 Uplink Threshold for Other Services..............................................................................................................3-8
3.6 AMR Voice Downlink Threshold for Conversation Service..........................................................................3-9
3.7 Non AMR Voice Downlink Threshold of Conversation Service.................................................................3-10
3.8 Downlink Threshold for Other Services.......................................................................................................3-11
3.9 Uplink Handover Admission Threshold.......................................................................................................3-12
3.10 Downlink Handover Admission Threshold.................................................................................................3-13

4 Load Control Paramters............................................................................................................4-1


4.1 Cell Load Reshuffling (LDR) Algorithm Parameters.....................................................................................4-2
4.1.1 Uplink and Downlink LDR Algorithm Switches...................................................................................4-4
4.1.2 LDR Period Timer Length.....................................................................................................................4-5
4.1.3 Uplink or Downlink LDR Trigger and Release Threshold....................................................................4-6
4.1.4 Uplink or Downlink LDR Action...........................................................................................................4-7
4.1.5 Number of Users Processed by Uplink/Downlink LDR Action............................................................4-8
4.1.6 Uplink and Downlink Inter-frequency Cell Load Handover Load Space Threshold.............................4-9
4.1.7 Uplink and Downlink Inter-Frequency Cell Load Handover Maximum Band Width.........................4-10
4.2 Cell Overload Congestion Control (OLC) Algorithm Paramters..................................................................4-11
4.2.1 Uplink and Downlink OLC Algorithm Switch....................................................................................4-13
4.2.2 OLC Period Timer Length...................................................................................................................4-14
4.2.3 Uplink and Downlink OLC Trigger Threshold and Release Threshold..............................................4-14
4.2.4 Uplink and Downlink OLC Fast TF Restriction Times.......................................................................4-15
4.2.5 Uplink and Downlink OLC Fast TF Restrict RAB Number................................................................4-16
4.2.6 OLC Fast TF Restrict Data Rate Restrict Timer Length And Recover Timer Length........................4-17
4.2.7 OLC Fast TF Restrict Data Rate Restrict Coefficient..........................................................................4-18
4.2.8 Uplink and Downlink Release RABs Number.....................................................................................4-18

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters.......................................................................................5-1


5.1 BE Service Related Threshold Parameters......................................................................................................5-2
5.1.1 BE Service Handover Rate Threshold...................................................................................................5-3
5.1.2 Uplink and Downlink BE Guarantee Bit Rate.......................................................................................5-4
5.1.3 UpLink and Downlink BE traffic DCH decision threshold...................................................................5-4
5.1.4 DL Streaming Threshold on HSDPA.....................................................................................................5-5
5.1.5 DL BE Traffic Threshold on HSDPA....................................................................................................5-6

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary iii


Contents

5.2 Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters..................................................................................................5-6


5.2.1 Traffic Upper Threshold.........................................................................................................................5-8
5.2.2 Traffic Lower Threshold........................................................................................................................5-9
5.2.3 Time to trigger Event 4A.....................................................................................................................5-10
5.2.4 Time to Trigger Event 4B....................................................................................................................5-10
5.2.5 Pending time after trigger Event 4A....................................................................................................5-11
5.2.6 Pending time after trigger Event 4B.....................................................................................................5-12
5.2.7 Uplink and Downlink DCCC Rate Thresholds....................................................................................5-13
5.2.8 Uplink and Downlink Middle Rate Thresholds...................................................................................5-13
5.2.9 Uplink and Downlink Rate Adjust Level.............................................................................................5-14
5.2.10 Low activity bitrate threshold............................................................................................................5-14
5.3 Link Stability Parameters..............................................................................................................................5-15
5.3.1 Event Ea Relative Threshold................................................................................................................5-16
5.3.2 Event Eb Relative Threshold................................................................................................................5-16
5.4 State Transfer Parameters..............................................................................................................................5-17
5.4.1 DCH to FACH State Transition Timer................................................................................................5-18
5.4.2 DCH to FACH / FACH to PCH State Transition Traffic 4b Threshold..............................................5-19
5.4.3 FACH to PCH State Transition Timer.................................................................................................5-19
5.4.4 Cell ReSelection Timer........................................................................................................................5-20
5.4.5 FACH to DCH Traffic Report Threshold............................................................................................5-21
5.4.6 FACH to DCH Traffic Time to trigger................................................................................................5-21
5.5 PS Inactive.....................................................................................................................................................5-22
5.5.1 Interactive Service T1..........................................................................................................................5-23
5.5.2 Interactive Service T2..........................................................................................................................5-24
5.5.3 Background Service T1........................................................................................................................5-24
5.5.4 Background Service T1........................................................................................................................5-25
5.5.5 IMS Service T1....................................................................................................................................5-26
5.5.6 IMS Service T2....................................................................................................................................5-26

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters.............................................................................................6-1


6.1 Cell Channel Power Distribution Parameters..................................................................................................6-2
6.1.1 Maximum Cell Transmit Power.............................................................................................................6-3
6.1.2 PSCH and SSCH Transmit Power......................................................................................................... 6-4
6.1.3 BCH Transmit Power.............................................................................................................................6-4
6.1.4 Max. FACH Transmit Power.................................................................................................................6-5
6.1.5 PCH Transmit Power............................................................................................................................. 6-6
6.1.6 PICH Transmit Power............................................................................................................................6-7
6.1.7 AICH Transmit Power........................................................................................................................... 6-7
6.2 Paging Parameters...........................................................................................................................................6-8
6.2.1 Paging Cycle Coefficient....................................................................................................................... 6-8
6.2.2 Number of Paging Retransmit................................................................................................................6-9
6.3 RRC Connection Setup Parameters...............................................................................................................6-10
6.3.1 T300 and N300.....................................................................................................................................6-10

iv Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


Contents

6.4 Synchronization Parameters..........................................................................................................................6-11


6.4.1 Number of Successive In-sync Indications..........................................................................................6-12
6.4.2 Number of Successive Out-of-sync Indications...................................................................................6-13
6.4.3 Radio Link Failure Timer Duration.....................................................................................................6-14
6.4.4 N312 and T312.....................................................................................................................................6-15
6.4.5 N313, N315, and T313.........................................................................................................................6-15
6.5 Location Update Parameters.........................................................................................................................6-16
6.5.1 Periodic Location Update Timer..........................................................................................................6-17
6.6 User Priority Related Parameters..................................................................................................................6-17
6.6.1 User Priority of Allocation/Retension Priority 1~14...........................................................................6-18
6.6.2 Integrate Priority Configured Reference..............................................................................................6-19
6.6.3 Indicator of Carrier Type Priority........................................................................................................6-20

7 HSDPA Parameters.................................................................................................................... 7-1


7.1 HSDPA Power Resource Management Parameters........................................................................................7-2
7.1.1 HS-DPCCH Power Management Parameters........................................................................................7-2
7.1.2 Total Power of HSDPA and Measurement Power Offset Constant.....................................................7-11
7.1.3 CQI Adjustment Algorithm Parameters...............................................................................................7-13
7.2 HSDPA Code Resource Management Algorithm Parameters......................................................................7-14
7.2.1 HSDPA Code Resource Distribution Mode.........................................................................................7-15
7.2.2 Number of HS-PDSCH Codes.............................................................................................................7-15
7.2.3 Number of Maximum HS-PDSCH Codes...........................................................................................7-16
7.2.4 Number of Minimum HS-PDSCH Codes............................................................................................7-17
7.2.5 Idle SF Threshold of R99.....................................................................................................................7-17
7.2.6 Number of HS-SCCH Codes................................................................................................................7-18
7.3 HSDPA Mobility Management Parameters..................................................................................................7-19
7.3.1 HSDPA Handover Protection Length..................................................................................................7-19
7.4 HSDPA Direct Retry and Switch of Channel Types Parameters..................................................................7-20
7.4.1 D2H Retry Timer Length.....................................................................................................................7-21
7.4.2 D2H Handover Punishment Timer Length..........................................................................................7-22
7.5 HSDPA Admission Control Algorithm.........................................................................................................7-22
7.5.1 Maximum HSDPA Users of NodeB....................................................................................................7-23
7.5.2 UL HS-DPCCH Reserve Factor...........................................................................................................7-24
7.5.3 HSDPA Streaming PBR Threshold......................................................................................................7-24
7.5.4 HSDPA Best Effort PBR Threshold....................................................................................................7-25
7.5.5 Maximum HSDPA user number..........................................................................................................7-26

8 Algorithm Switches...................................................................................................................8-1
8.1 Connection-Oriented Algorithm Switches in RNC.........................................................................................8-2
8.1.1 Channel Class Algorithm Switches........................................................................................................8-2
8.1.2 Handover Algorithm Switches...............................................................................................................8-5
8.1.3 Power Control Algorithm Switches.......................................................................................................8-8
8.1.4 HSDPA Algorithm Switch.....................................................................................................................8-9
8.1.5 DRD Algorithm Switches......................................................................................................................8-9

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary v


Contents

8.2 Cell Algorithm Switches...............................................................................................................................8-10


8.2.1 Cell Algorithm Switches......................................................................................................................8-10
8.2.2 Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch ....................................................................................8-11
8.2.3 Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch.................................................................................8-12
8.3 Other Algorithm Switches.............................................................................................................................8-13
8.3.1 Iub CAC Algorithm Switch..................................................................................................................8-13
8.3.2 Iub Bandwidth-Restricted BE Service Rate Reduction Algorithm Switch..........................................8-14
8.3.3 Intra–Frequency Measurement Control Information Indication..........................................................8-14
8.3.4 Inter–Frequency/Inter–RAT Measurement Indication.........................................................................8-15
8.3.5 FACH Measurement Indicator ............................................................................................................8-16

9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters...............................................................9-1


9.1 ATM Transmission Parameters.......................................................................................................................9-2
9.1.1 AAL2 Path Type.................................................................................................................................... 9-3
9.1.2 Forward Congestion Control Threshold.................................................................................................9-4
9.1.3 Backward Congestion Control Threshold..............................................................................................9-4
9.1.4 Forward Congestion Restore Threshold.................................................................................................9-5
9.1.5 Backward Congestion Restore Threshold..............................................................................................9-6
9.1.6 RRC Signal Factor................................................................................................................................. 9-6
9.1.7 AMR Voice Active Factor..................................................................................................................... 9-7
9.1.8 CS Data Active Factor............................................................................................................................9-7
9.1.9 PS Data Service Active Factor...............................................................................................................9-8
9.1.10 HSDPA Stream Service Guarantee Bit Rate Active Factor.................................................................9-9
9.1.11 HSDPA Stream Service Maximum Rate Active Factor.......................................................................9-9
9.1.12 HSDPA Interactive Service Maximum Rate Active Factor...............................................................9-10
9.1.13 HSDPA Background Service Maximum Rate Factor Rate................................................................9-10
9.2 IP Transmission Parameters..........................................................................................................................9-11
9.2.1 IP Path Type.........................................................................................................................................9-12
9.2.2 Differentiated Services Code Point......................................................................................................9-13
9.2.3 Forward Congestion Control Threshold...............................................................................................9-14
9.2.4 Backward Congestion Control Threshold............................................................................................9-14
9.2.5 Forward Congestion Restore Threshold...............................................................................................9-15
9.2.6 Backward Congestion Restore Threshold............................................................................................9-15
9.2.7 RRC Signal Factor...............................................................................................................................9-16
9.2.8 AMR Voice Active Factor...................................................................................................................9-16
9.2.9 CS Data Active Factor..........................................................................................................................9-17
9.2.10 PS Data Service Active Factor...........................................................................................................9-18

10 RLC Retransmission Monitor Algorithm Parameters.....................................................10-1


10.1 Time to start Re-TX Monitor......................................................................................................................10-3
10.2 Re-Tx Monitor Period.................................................................................................................................10-3
10.3 Retransmission Filter Coefficient................................................................................................................10-4
10.4 Event A threshold........................................................................................................................................10-4
10.5 Event A Time to Trigger.............................................................................................................................10-5

vi Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


Contents

10.6 Event A Pending Time after Trigger...........................................................................................................10-6


10.7 Event A Report Period................................................................................................................................10-6
10.8 Event B Threshold.......................................................................................................................................10-7
10.9 Event B Time to Trigger.............................................................................................................................10-7
10.10 Event B Pending Time after Trigger.........................................................................................................10-8

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary vii


Figures

Figures

Figure 7-1 Impact from over long HSDPA protection length............................................................................7-20

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary ix


Tables

Tables

Table 1-1 List of uplink power control parameters..............................................................................................1-2


Table 1-2 List of downlink power control parameters.........................................................................................1-9
Table 1-3 Max. & Min. Downlink Transmit Powers.........................................................................................1-10
Table 2-1 List of Intra-Frequency handover parameters......................................................................................2-2
Table 2-2 List of inter-frequency handover parameters.....................................................................................2-15
Table 2-3 List of coverage-based inter-system handover management parameters...........................................2-30
Table 2-4 List of non coverage-based inter-system handover management parameters....................................2-48
Table 2-5 List of blind handover management parameters................................................................................2-56
Table 2-6 List of cell selection and reselection parameters................................................................................2-58
Table 3-1 List of admission control parameters...................................................................................................3-1
Table 4-1 List of cell load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm parameters................................................................... 4-2
Table 4-2 List of smart load control parameters.................................................................................................4-11
Table 5-1 List of BE service related threshold parameters...................................................................................5-2
Table 5-2 List of dynamic channel configuration parameters..............................................................................5-6
Table 5-3 List of BE service related threshold parameters.................................................................................5-15
Table 5-4 List of state transfer parameters.........................................................................................................5-17
Table 5-5 List of PS Inactive parameters...........................................................................................................5-22
Table 6-1 List of cell channel power distribution parameters..............................................................................6-2
Table 6-2 List of paging parameters.....................................................................................................................6-8
Table 6-3 List of RRC connection setup parameters..........................................................................................6-10
Table 6-4 List of synchronization parameters....................................................................................................6-11
Table 6-5 List of location update parameters.....................................................................................................6-17
Table 6-6 List of user priority related parameters..............................................................................................6-18
Table 7-1 List of power control parameters......................................................................................................... 7-2
Table 7-2 List of total power of HSDPA and measurement power offset constant...........................................7-11
Table 7-3 List of CQI adjustment algorithm parameters....................................................................................7-13
Table 7-4 List of HSDPA code resource management algorithm parameters....................................................7-14
Table 7-5 List of HSDPA mobility management parameters.............................................................................7-19
Table 7-6 List of HSDPA direct retry and switch of channel types parameters.................................................7-21
Table 7-7 List of HSDPA admission control algorithm parameters..................................................................7-22
Table 8-1 Channel Algorithm Switch...................................................................................................................8-2
Table 8-2 Handover Algorithm Switch................................................................................................................8-5
Table 8-3 Power Control Algorithm Switch.........................................................................................................8-8

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary xi


Tables

Table 8-4 HSDPA Algorithm Switches................................................................................................................8-9


Table 8-5 Channel Algorithm Switch.................................................................................................................8-10
Table 8-6 Cell Algorithm Switch.......................................................................................................................8-10
Table 8-7 CAC Algorithm Switch......................................................................................................................8-13
Table 9-1 List of ATM transmission parameters..................................................................................................9-2
Table 9-2 List of IP transmission parameters.....................................................................................................9-11
Table 10-1 List of RLC retransmission monitor algorithm parameters.............................................................10-1

xii Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


About This Document

About This Document

Purpose
This document provides the engineering technician of commercial office with a parameter setting
baseline and parameter adjustment instructions.

Related Versions
The following table lists the product versions related to this document.

Product Name Version

RNC V100R007

NodeB V100R007

Intended Audience
This document is intended for:
l RNP engineers
l RNO engineers

Update History
Refer to Changes in RAN Network Optimization Parameter Reference.

Organization
1 Power Control Parameters
Power control is a key WCDMA technique, through which near and far effect, shadow fading
and fast fading can be overcome to ensure uplink and downlink network performance, reduce
network interference and improve the system quality and capacity. As a result, power control
parameter values have great impact on the network.
2 Handover Parameters
Handover aims to ensure communication continuity and good communication quality. Handover
in WCDMA includes soft handover, softer handover, intra-frequency hard handover, inter-
frequency hard handover, inter-system hard handover or another type. Handover emerges as the
important factor affecting network performance, and handover optimization is also significant

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1


About This Document

in network optimization. Handover parameters are described according to handover


classification.

3 Admission Control Parameters

Admission control is a way for coordinating the WCDMA system capacity, coverage and quality,
and it ensures the system stability and QoS requirement by control over user access.

4 Load Control Paramters

Load control is another very important function in WCDMA system. It maintains the system
load within the normal range to ensure that the system’s overall QoS is in the normal range. The
load control includes LDR and OLC.

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

The PS Service Rate Control includes dynamic channel configuration, state transfer.

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Special topic parameters include parameters for Cell Channel Power Distribution, paging, RRC
connection setup, synchronization and location updating.

7 HSDPA Parameters

HSDPA parameters are HSDPA power resource management parameters, HSDPA code
resource management algorithm parameters, HSDPA mobility management parameters,
HSDPA direct retry and switch of channel types parameters, and HSDPA Call Admission
Control algorithm parameters.

8 Algorithm Switches

In the RNC, algorithm switches are divided into two classes: connection-oriented algorithm
switches and cell-oriented algorithm switches.

9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

The transmission Resource Management includes ATM transmission, IP transmission.

10 RLC Retransmission Monitor Algorithm Parameters

The common configurable RLC retransmission monitor algorithm parameters are listed here.

Conventions
1. Symbol Conventions

The following symbols may be found in this document. They are defined as follows

Symbol Description

Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk which, if


not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
DANGER
ndicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk which, if
not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
WARNING

2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


About This Document

Symbol Description

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided,


could cause equipment damage, data loss, and performance
CAUTION degradation, or unexpected results.

NOTE Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save you
time.

TIP Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement


important points of the main text.

2. General Conventions

Convention Description

Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.

Boldface Names of files,directories,folders,and users are in boldface. For


example,log in as userroot

Italic Book titles are in italics.

Courier New Terminal display is in Courier New.

3. Command Conventions

Convention Description

Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

Italic Command arguments are in italic.

[] Items (keywords or arguments) in square brackets [ ] are optional.

{x | y | ...} Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical


bars.One is selected.

[ x | y | ... ] Optional alternative items are grouped in square brackets and


separated by vertical bars.One or none is selected.

{ x | y | ... } * Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical


bars.A minimum of one or a maximum of all can be selected.

[ x | y | ... ] * Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical


bars.A minimum of zero or a maximum of all can be selected.

4. GUI Conventions

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3


About This Document

Convention Description

Boldface Buttons,menus,parameters,tabs,window,and dialog titles are in


boldface. For example,click OK.

> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs.
For example,choose File > Create > Folder .

5. Keyboard Operation

Convention Description

Key Press the key.For example,press Enter and press Tab.

Key1+Key2 Press the keys concurrently.For example,pressing Ctrl+Alt+A


means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.

Key1,Key2 Press the keys in turn.For example,pressing Alt,A means the two
keys should be pressed in turn.

6. Mouse Operation

Action Description

Click Select and release the primary mouse button without moving the
pointer.

Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and quickly
without moving the pointer.

Drag Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the pointer
to a certain position.

4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


1 Power Control Parameters

1 Power Control Parameters

About This Chapter

Power control is a key WCDMA technique, through which near and far effect, shadow fading
and fast fading can be overcome to ensure uplink and downlink network performance, reduce
network interference and improve the system quality and capacity. As a result, power control
parameter values have great impact on the network.

1.1 Uplink Power Control Parameters


The common configurable uplink power control parameters are listed here.
1.2 Downlink Power Control Parameters
The common configurable downlink power control parameters are listed here.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-1


1 Power Control Parameters

1.1 Uplink Power Control Parameters


The common configurable uplink power control parameters are listed here.

Table 1-1 List of uplink power control parameters


Paramet Parameter Default Relative Command Level
er ID Meaning Value

PowerOff Power Offset between Signlling: Set: ADD Cell


setPpm the Last Access -3dB PRACHTFC.
Preamble and Services: -2dB Modify:It needs to
Message Control Part delete the PRACH TFC
before reconfiguring it

Constant Constant for PRACH -20, that is, Set: ADD Cell
Value Initial Transmit -20dB PRACHBASIC
Power Modify:It needs to
delete the PRACH
PowerRa Power Increase Step 2, that is, 2dB before reconfiguring it Cell
mpStep of Random Access
Preamble

Preamble Maximum of 8 Cell


RetransM Preamble
ax Retransmission

Mmax Max preamble loop 8 Set: ADD RACH Cell


Query: LST RACH
Modfy: MOD RACH

DefaultC Default Constant for -27, that is, Set or Modfy: SET RNC
onstantVa Initial DPCCH -27dB FRC
lue Transmit power Query: LST FRC

MaxAllo Maximum UE Uplink 21, that is, Set: ADD Cell


wedUlTx Transmit power Per 21dBm CELLSELRESEL
Power, Service Query: LST
MaxUlTx CELLSELRESEL
PowerFor
Conv, Modify: MOD
MaxUlTx CELLSELRESEL
PowerFor Service-oriented
Str, Parameter
MaxUlTx Set: ADD CELLCAC
PowerFor
Int, Query: LST
MaxUlTx CELLCAC
PowerFor Modify: MOD
Bac CELLCAC

1.1.1 Power Offset Between Access Preamble and Message Control Part

1-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


1 Power Control Parameters

This parameter is the power offset between the last access preamble and the message control
part. The access preamble power plus this offset equals the power of the control part.
1.1.2 PRACH Initial Transmit Power Constant
This parameter is the constant for the UE to estimate the initial PRACH transmit power in the
open loop power control process.
1.1.3 PRACH Power Ramp Step
This parameter is the power increase step of the random access preambles transmitted before
the UE which receives the acquisition indicator in the random access process.
1.1.4 Maximum Preamble Retransmit Attempts
This parameter is the maximum number of preambles retransmission of the UE in a preamble
ramping cycle.
1.1.5 Max Preamble Loop
This parameter defines the maximum number of random access preamble loops. When the UE
has transmitted the access preamble and the number of retransmission times has reached
PreambleRetransMax, if the UE still has not received the capture indication, it will repeat the
access attempt after the specified waiting time. The maximum number of recycle cannot exceed
MMAX.
1.1.6 Default DPCCH Transmit Power Constant
This parameter is used by the RNC to compute the DPCCH power offset which is used by the
UE to calculate the initial transmit power of UL DPCCH during the open loop power control
process.
1.1.7 Maximum UE Uplink Transmit Power
This parameter is the maximum transmit power of the PRACH when the UE tries to access to
the specified cell. It is UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH in the S criterion for cell selection. In
addition, there are another four service-oriented maximum UE transmit power parameters:
MaxUlTxPowerForConv, MaxUlTxPowerForStr, MaxUlTxPowerForInt,
MaxUlTxPowerForBac. They represent respectively the maximum transmit power for 4 classes
of services corresponding to different QoS requirements, as follows: Conversational, Streaming,
Interactive, Background.

1.1.1 Power Offset Between Access Preamble and Message Control


Part
This parameter is the power offset between the last access preamble and the message control
part. The access preamble power plus this offset equals the power of the control part.

Parameter ID
PowerOffsetPpm

Value Range
–5 to 10

Physical Value Range


–5dB to 10dB

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-3


1 Power Control Parameters

Parameter Setting
According to the field test results, the recommended value during signaling transmission is set
to –3dB, and that during service transmission to –2dB.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If the parameter value is set too low, it is likely that the signaling and the service data carried
over the RACH cannot be received by UTRAN, which affects the uplink coverage;
l If the value is too high, the uplink interference is increased, and the uplink capacity is
affected.

Relevant Commands
Set the parameter by executing ADD PRACHTFC. To modify this parameter, execute RMV
PRACHTFC to delete the PRACH TFC before reconfiguring it.

It is necessary to deactivate PRACH (DEA PRACH) and the cell (DEA CELL) before RMV
PRACHTFC is executed.

1.1.2 PRACH Initial Transmit Power Constant


This parameter is the constant for the UE to estimate the initial PRACH transmit power in the
open loop power control process.

Parameter ID
ConstantValue

Value Range
-35 to -10

Physical Value Range


l -35dB to -10dB
l Step: 1dB

Parameter Setting
The default value is -20, that is, -20dB.

This parameter is used to calculate the transmit power of the first preamble in the random access
process. The formula is as follows:

Preamble_Initial_Power = PCPICH DL TX power - CPICH_RSCP + UL_interference +


Constant_Value

where

l Preamble_Initial_Power is the preamble initial transmit power of the UE.


l PCPICH DL TX power is downlink transmit power of the PCPICH.
l CPICH_RSCP is the received signaling code power of the PCPICH measured by the UE.

1-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


1 Power Control Parameters

l UL_interference is the uplink interference, which is obtained by the UE receiving data


from the broadcast channel. It is calculated at the network side and broadcast to the UE.
This value is kept in the background record of the UE under test.
l Constant_Value is obtained by the UE receiving data from the broadcast channel.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If the parameter value is set too high, the initial transmit power becomes higher, but the
access process gets shorter;
l If the value is too low, to satisfy the requirement of access power, it requires more ramps
and lengthens the access period.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter by executing ADD PRACHBASIC and modify this parameter by executing
MOD PRACHUUPARAS.

1.1.3 PRACH Power Ramp Step


This parameter is the power increase step of the random access preambles transmitted before
the UE which receives the acquisition indicator in the random access process.

Parameter ID
PowerRampStep

Value Range
1 to 8

Physical Value Range


1dB to 8dB, step 1dB

Parameter Setting
Default value is 2.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If this value is too high, the access process will be shortened, but the probability of wasting
power will be bigger;
l If it is too low, the access process will be lengthened, but transmitting power will be saved.
It is a value to be weighed.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter by executing ADD PRACHBASIC and modify this parameter by executing
MOD PRACHUUPARAS.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-5


1 Power Control Parameters

1.1.4 Maximum Preamble Retransmit Attempts


This parameter is the maximum number of preambles retransmission of the UE in a preamble
ramping cycle.

Parameter ID
PreambleRetransMax

Value Range
1 to 64

Physical Value Range


1 to 64 times, step 1

Parameter Setting
The default value is 8.

The product of this parameter and the above-mentioned PRACH Power Ramp Step determines
the maximum ramp power of the UE within a preamble ramping cycle.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If this value is too low, the preamble power may fail to ramp to the required value, resulting
in UE access failure;
l If it is too high, the UE may repeatedly make access attempts by increasing the transmit
power, resulting in interference to other users.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter by executing ADD PRACHBASIC and modify this parameter by executing
MOD PRACHUUPARAS.

1.1.5 Max Preamble Loop


This parameter defines the maximum number of random access preamble loops. When the UE
has transmitted the access preamble and the number of retransmission times has reached
PreambleRetransMax, if the UE still has not received the capture indication, it will repeat the
access attempt after the specified waiting time. The maximum number of recycle cannot exceed
MMAX.

Parameter ID
Mmax

Value Range
1 to 32

1-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


1 Power Control Parameters

Physical Value Range


Null

Parameter Setting
Default value is 8.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If this parameter is too low, the UE access success rate will be influenced;
l If it is too high, the UE will probably try access attempt repeatedly within a long time,
which will increase the uplink interference.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD RACH, query it through LST RACH, and modify it through
MOD RACH.

1.1.6 Default DPCCH Transmit Power Constant


This parameter is used by the RNC to compute the DPCCH power offset which is used by the
UE to calculate the initial transmit power of UL DPCCH during the open loop power control
process.

Parameter ID
DefaultConstantValue

Value Range
-35 to -10

Physical Value Range


-35 to -10dB

Parameter Setting
The default value is -27.
The formula given in the protocol 25.331 is as follows:
DPCCH_Initial_power = DPCCH_Power_offset - CPICH_RSCP
Where, CPICH_RSCP is the received signalling code power of the PCPICH measured by the
UE.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If this parameter is too low, the uplink synchronization at the cell verge may fail during
initial link setup, which will influence the uplink coverage;
l If it is too high, it will lead to instant interference to the uplink receiving, decreasing uplink
receiving performance.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-7


1 Power Control Parameters

Relevant Commands
Set or modify this parameter through SET FRC and query it through LST FRC.

1.1.7 Maximum UE Uplink Transmit Power


This parameter is the maximum transmit power of the PRACH when the UE tries to access to
the specified cell. It is UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH in the S criterion for cell selection. In
addition, there are another four service-oriented maximum UE transmit power parameters:
MaxUlTxPowerForConv, MaxUlTxPowerForStr, MaxUlTxPowerForInt,
MaxUlTxPowerForBac. They represent respectively the maximum transmit power for 4 classes
of services corresponding to different QoS requirements, as follows: Conversational, Streaming,
Interactive, Background.

Parameter ID
MaxAllowedUlTxPower

Value Range
-50 to 33

Physical Value Range


-50dBm to 33dBm, step 1dBm

Parameter Setting
Its value is related to the uplink coverage requirement in the network planning.

The default value is 21dBm.

Impact on the Network Performance


When the coverage is limited, if this parameter value is too low, the uplink coverage will be
influenced.

Relevant Commands
For MaxAllowedUlTxPower, set it through ADD CELLSELRESEL, query it through LST
CELLSELRESEL and modify it through MOD CELLSELRESEL.

For the four service-oriented parameters, set them through ADD CELLCAC, query them
through LST CELLCAC and modify them through MOD CELLCAC.

1.2 Downlink Power Control Parameters


The common configurable downlink power control parameters are listed here.

1-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


1 Power Control Parameters

Table 1-2 List of downlink power control parameters


Paramet Parameter Default Relative Command Level
er ID Meaning Value

RlMaxDl Maximum Downlink Refer to the Set: ADD Cell


Pwr Transmit Power of the table Table 1-3 CELLRLPWR
Radio Link Query: LST
RlMinDl Minimum Downlink CELLRLPWR
Pwr Transmit power of the Modify: MOD
Radio Link CELLRLPWR

PCPICHP Cell PCPICH 330,that is, Set: ADD PCPICH


ower Transmit power 33dBm Query: LST PCPICH
Modify: MOD CELL

MaxPCPI Maximum PCPICH 346,that is, Set: ADD PCPICH


CHPower Transmit power 34.6dBm Query: LST PCPICH
MinPCPI Minimum PCPICH 313,that is, Modfy: MOD
CHPower Transmit Power 31.3dBm PCPICHPWR

1.2.1 Maximum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link


This parameter is the maximum downlink transmit power of radio link, It should fulfill the
coverage requirement of the network planning, and the value is relative to PCPICH transmit
power.
1.2.2 Minimum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link
This parameter is the minimum transmit power of downlink radio link. It should consider the
maximum downlink transmit power and the dynamic range of power control, and the value is
relative to PCPICH transmit power.
1.2.3 Cell PCPICH Transmit Power
It is used to determine the power of Primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point is the antenna
connector. Its value is related to the downlink coverage in the network planning.
1.2.4 Maximum PCPICH Transmit Power
It is used to determine the maximum transmit power of Primary CPICH of a cell. The reference
point is the antenna connector. Its value is related to the downlink coverage in the network
planning.
1.2.5 Minimum PCPICH Transmit Power
It is used to determine the minimum transmit power of Primary CPICH of a cell. The reference
point is the antenna connector. Its value is related to the downlink coverage in the network
planning.

1.2.1 Maximum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link


This parameter is the maximum downlink transmit power of radio link, It should fulfill the
coverage requirement of the network planning, and the value is relative to PCPICH transmit
power.

Parameter ID
RlMaxDlPwr

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-9


1 Power Control Parameters

Value Range
-350 to 150

Physical Value Range


-35dB to 15dB, step 0.1dB

Parameter Setting
The service type and the service rate should be considered in parameter configuration. For an
individual service, the configuration values are listed in Table 1-3.

Table 1-3 Max. & Min. Downlink Transmit Powers

Service type Max. downlink transmit Min. downlink transmit


power (in the parentheses power (in the
is the dB value) parentheses is the dB
value)

CS

12.2K AMR 0(0) -150(-15)

64K transparent data 30(3) -120(-12)

56K transparent data 0(0) -150(-15)

32K transparent data -20(-2) -170(-17)

28.8K transparent data -20(-2) -170(-17)

57.6K controllable stream -10(-1) -160(-16)

PS

0 stream (unidirectional) -20(-2) -170(-17)

384K 40(4) -110(-11)

256K 40(4) -130(-13)

144K 0(0) -150(-15)

128K 0(0) -150(-15)

64K 0(0) -150(-15)

32K -40(-4) -190(-19)

16K -60(-6) -210(-21)

8K -80(-8) -230(-23)

For combined services, the maximum and minimum transmit power is calculated by RNC
according to the configuration of individual services.

1-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


1 Power Control Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance


l If this parameter is too high, downlink interference may occur;
l If it is too low, it may influence the normal functioning of downlink power control.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLRLPWR, query it through LST CELLRLPWR and
modify it through MOD CELLRLPWR.

1.2.2 Minimum Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link


This parameter is the minimum transmit power of downlink radio link. It should consider the
maximum downlink transmit power and the dynamic range of power control, and the value is
relative to PCPICH transmit power.

Parameter ID
RlMinDlPwr

Value Range
-350 to 150

Physical Value Range


-35dB to 15dB, step 0.1dB

Parameter Setting
Since the dynamic range of power control is set as 15dB, this parameter is recommended as RL
Max DL TX power - 15dB and refer to the related description of the sub clause Maxinum.
Downlink Transmit Power of the Radio Link.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If this parameter is too low, the transmit power may become too low because of incorrect
estimation of SIR;
l If it is too high, it may influence the normal functioning of downlink power control.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLRLPWR, query it through LST CELLRLPWR and
modify it through MOD CELLRLPWR.

1.2.3 Cell PCPICH Transmit Power


It is used to determine the power of Primary CPICH of a cell. The reference point is the antenna
connector. Its value is related to the downlink coverage in the network planning.

Parameter ID
PCPICHPower

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-11


1 Power Control Parameters

Value Range
-100 to 500

Physical Value Range


-10dBm to 50dBm, step 0.1dBm

Parameter Setting
The default setting is 330, namely 33dBm.

This parameter should be set based on the actual system environment such as cell coverage
(radius) and geographical environment. For the cells to be covered, the downlink coverage
should be guaranteed as a premise. For the cells requiring soft handover area, this parameter
should satisfy the proportion of soft handover areas stipulated in the network planning.

For a cell with large coverage, the value of this parameter should be relatively high; otherwise,
it should be relatively low. In a planned multi-cell environment, this parameter is definite If the
value of this parameter is smaller than the planned value, coverage holes may occur when the
cells are under heavy load.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If this parameter is too low, it will influence directly the downlink pilot coverage range;
l If it is too high, the downlink interference will increase, and the cell capacity will be
decreased because a lot of system resources will be occupied and the interference with the
downlink traffic channels will be increased. In addition, the configuration of this parameter
also has direct influence on the distribution of handover areas.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD PCPICH, query it through LST PCPICH and modify it
through MOD CELL.

1.2.4 Maximum PCPICH Transmit Power


It is used to determine the maximum transmit power of Primary CPICH of a cell. The reference
point is the antenna connector. Its value is related to the downlink coverage in the network
planning.

Parameter ID
MaxPCPICHPower

Value Range
-100 to 500

Physical Value Range


-10dBm to 50dBm, step 0.1dBm

1-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


1 Power Control Parameters

Parameter Setting
The default setting is 34.6dBm. This parameter sets the upper limit of the pilot channel transmit
power. When modifying the PCPICH transmit power according to the actual requirement, ensure
that this parameter is larger than the actually required PCPICH power.

Impact on the Network Performance


None

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD PCPICH, query it through LST PCPICH and modify it
through MOD PCPICHPWR.

1.2.5 Minimum PCPICH Transmit Power


It is used to determine the minimum transmit power of Primary CPICH of a cell. The reference
point is the antenna connector. Its value is related to the downlink coverage in the network
planning.

Parameter ID
MinPCPICHPower

Value Range
-100 to 500

Physical Value Range


-10dBm to 50dBm, step 0.1dBm

Parameter Setting
The default setting is 31.3dBm. This parameter sets the lower limit of the pilot channel transmit
power. When modifying the PCPICH transmit power according to the actual requirement, ensure
that this parameter is smaller than the actually required PCPICH power.
The actual system environment, such as the cell coverage range (radius) and the geographical
environment should be considered in setting this parameter. If the minimum transmit power of
the main common pilot physical channel is configured to small, cell coverage will be influenced.
Ensure that this parameter is set under the condition of definite soft handover area proportion,
or under the condition that no coverage hole exists.

Impact on the Network Performance


None

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD PCPICH, query it through LST PCPICH and modify it
through MOD PCPICHPWR.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 1-13


2 Handover Parameters

2 Handover Parameters

About This Chapter

Handover aims to ensure communication continuity and good communication quality. Handover
in WCDMA includes soft handover, softer handover, intra-frequency hard handover, inter-
frequency hard handover, inter-system hard handover or another type. Handover emerges as the
important factor affecting network performance, and handover optimization is also significant
in network optimization. Handover parameters are described according to handover
classification.

2.1 Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters


The common configurable Intra-Frequency handover parameters are listed here.
2.2 Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters
The common configurable inter-frequency handover parameters are listed here.
2.3 Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
The common configurable coverage-based inter-system handover management parameters are
listed here.
2.4 Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management Parameters
The common configurable non coverage-based inter-system handover management parameters
are listed here.
2.5 Blind Handover Management Parameters
The common configurable blind handover management parameters are listed here.
2.6 Cell Selection and Reselection
The common configurable cell selection and reselection parameters are listed here.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-1


2 Handover Parameters

2.1 Intra-Frequency Handover Parameters


The common configurable Intra-Frequency handover parameters are listed here.

Table 2-1 List of Intra-Frequency handover parameters


Parameter ID Parameter Meaning Default Relative Command Level
Value

DivCtrlField Softer Handover MAY Set or Modify: SET RNC


Combination HOCOMM
Indication Switch Query: LST
HOCOMM

IntraFreqFilter Intra-Frequency D3 For RNC RNC


Coef Measurement L3 Filter Set or Modify: SET CELL
Coefficient INTRAFREQHO
Weight Weighting Factor 0 Query: LST
INTRAFREQHO
IntraRelThdFo Soft Handover 1A:6 (3dB) For Cell
r1ACS Relative Thresholds 1B:12 Set: ADD
IntraRelThdFo for Event 1A and (6dB) CELLINTRAFREQH
r1APS Event 1B
O
IntraRelThdFo Query: LST
r1BCS CELLINTRAFREQH
IntraRelThdFo O
r1BPS Modify: MOD
CELLINTRAFREQH
IntraAblThdFo Soft Handover EcNo:-18d O
r1FEcNo Absolute Thresholds B
IntraAblThdFo for Event 1F RSCP:-115
r1FRSCP dBm

HystFor1A,Hy Hysteresis Related to 1A and 1B:


stFor1B,HystF Soft Handover for 0(0dB)
or1C, Event 1A,1B,1C,1D 1C and 1D
HystFor1D, and 1F and 1F: 8
HystFor1F (4dB)

TrigTime1A,T Time-to-Trigger 1A: D320


rigTime1B,Tri Parameters Related to (320ms)
gTime1C,Trig Soft Handover for 1B/1C/1D/
Time1D, Event 1A,1B,1C,1D 1F:
TrigTime1F and 1F
D640
(640ms)

SHOQualmin Minimum Quality -16dB


Threshold of Soft
Handover

2-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Parameter ID Parameter Meaning Default Relative Command Level


Value

CellsForbidden Affect 1A threshold AFFECT Set: ADD NCEL


1A flag INTRAFREQNCELL L
CellsSorbidden Query: LST
1B INTRAFREQNCELL
Modify: MOD
CellIndividalO Cell individual Offset 0
INTRAFREQNCELL
ffset

2.1.1 Softer Handover Combination Indication Switch


It determines whether the NodeB will implement softer combination of radio links in soft
handover. If the value is MAY, the NodeB will decide whether to implement softer combination
(softer combination of radio links of different cells of the same NodeB is allowed); if the value
is MUST, forced softer combination of radio links of different cells of the same NodeB will be
implemented; if the value is MUST_NOT, the NodeB is not allowed to implement softer
combination of radio links.
2.1.2 Intra-Frequency Measurement L3 Filter Coefficient
It is the measurement smoothing factor used for filtering the L3 intra-frequency measurement
report.
2.1.3 Weighting Factor
This parameter is used to identify the threshold for triggering event 1A and 1B according to the
measured value of each cell in the active set.
2.1.4 Soft Handover Relative Thresholds
These parameters define the difference between the quality of a cell (evaluated with the Ec/No
of PCPICH at present) and the comprehensive quality of the active set (the best cell quality in
case that W=0). The soft handover relative threshold parameters include IntraRelThdFor1ACS,
IntraRelThdFor1APS (relative threshold for 1A) and IntraRelThdFor1BCS,
IntraRelThdFor1BPS (relative threshold for 1B).
2.1.5 Event 1F Absolute Thresholds
This parameter corresponds to the guarantee signal strength that satisfies the basic service QoS.
The absolute thresholds of soft handover include IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo and
IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP (Correspond to Ec/Io and RSCP).
2.1.6 Hysteresis Related to Soft Handover
These parameters represent the hysteresis value of the event 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D and 1F.
2.1.7 Time to Trigger Related to Soft Handover
These parameters represent the trigger delay time of the event 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D and 1F.
2.1.8 Minimum Quality Threshold of Soft Handover
When the RNC receives 1A, 1C and event 1D, it can be added to the active set only when CPICH
Ec/Io of the target cell is higher than this absolute threshold.
2.1.9 Affect 1A and 1B Event Thresholds Flag
Switch CellsForbidden1A for affecting the relevant threshold of event 1A or not and the switch
CellsForbidden1B for affecting the relevant threshold of event 1B or not.
2.1.10 Cell Individual Offset
It is the CPICH measured value offset of intra-frequency handover cells.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-3


2 Handover Parameters

2.1.1 Softer Handover Combination Indication Switch


It determines whether the NodeB will implement softer combination of radio links in soft
handover. If the value is MAY, the NodeB will decide whether to implement softer combination
(softer combination of radio links of different cells of the same NodeB is allowed); if the value
is MUST, forced softer combination of radio links of different cells of the same NodeB will be
implemented; if the value is MUST_NOT, the NodeB is not allowed to implement softer
combination of radio links.

Parameter ID
DivCtrlField

Value Range
MAY, MUST, MUST_NOT

Physical Value Range


Softer combination may be implemented; softer combination must be implemented; softer
combination must not be implemented.

Parameter Setting
The default value is MAY.

There are two combination methods for uplink combination of soft handover: one is maximum
ratio combination at the NodeB’s Rake receiver, which gives the highest combination gain; the
other is selective combination at the RNC, which gives a relatively smaller combination gain.

The default value of the indication switch is MAY, which means that the NodeB will decide
whether to implement maximum ratio combination according to its own physical conditions;
when Must is selected, the NodeB is forced to carry out maximum ratio combination -- this
method is usually used in tests; when Must not is selected, the NodeB is forbidden to carry out
maximum ratio combination, and this method is adopted when maximum ratio combination
performance of softer handover is found bad.

It is related to the working status (test/normal operation) and the propagation environment
whether to implement softer combination and which kind of softer combination is to be adopted.

Impact on the Network Performance


None

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through SET HOCOMM, and query it through LST HOCOMM.

2.1.2 Intra-Frequency Measurement L3 Filter Coefficient


It is the measurement smoothing factor used for filtering the L3 intra-frequency measurement
report.

2-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Parameter ID
IntraFreqFilterCoef

Value Range
Enum (D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19), working range:
Enum (D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8)

Physical Value Range


Enum (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19)

Parameter Setting
The default value is D3.
The filtering of the measurement is calculated by means of the following formula:
Fn = (1 - α) · Fn - 1 + α · Mn

Where,
l Fn: the updated measurement result after filtering processing.
l Fn–1: the old measurement result of the previous moment after filtering processing.
l Mn: the latest measured value received from the physical layer.
l α= (1/2)(k/2), where, k comes from Filter coefficient, namely the local FilterCoef. When
α is set to 1, it means there is no Layer 3 filtering.
The Layer 3 filtering should filter the random impact capability so that the filtered measured
value can reflect the basic change trend of the actual measurement. Because the measured value
input to Layer 3 filter is after the Layer 1 filtering, the influence of fast fading has been basically
filtered; therefore, the Layer 3 filter should carry out smoothing filtering on the shadow fading
and small quantity of fast fading burrs, so as to provide better measurement data for event
decisions. [1]

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the stronger the smoothing effect on the signal will be, and the
stronger the fast fading resistance capability will be, but the weaker the tracing capability of the
signal change will be.
l If handover is not implemented in time, call drop will occur;
l If this parameter is too low, the possibility of unnecessary soft handover and ping pong
handover will be increased.
NOTE
As adjustment of this parameter will seriously affect the entire handover performance, be cautious adjusting
this parameter.

Relevant Commands
For the RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameter: set it through SET
INTRAFREQHO, and query it through LST INTRAFREQHO.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-5


2 Handover Parameters

For the cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameter: add it through ADD
CELLINTRAFREQHO, query it through LST CELLINTRAFREQHO, and modify it
through MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO.

2.1.3 Weighting Factor


This parameter is used to identify the threshold for triggering event 1A and 1B according to the
measured value of each cell in the active set.

Parameter ID
Weight

Value Range
0 to 20

Physical Value Range


0 to 2, step 0.1

Parameter Setting
The default value is 0.

According to the protocol TS25.331, in event 1A and 1B, W is defined as follows:

When W=0, Formula 1 is actually the measured value of the best cell, and the determination of
the relative threshold of soft handover is only related to the best cell in the active set; when
W=1, it can be approximately considered as the equivalent signal strength when maximum ratio
combination of down links of all cells in the active is implemented.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the higher the event 1A and 1B triggering thresholds obtained under
the same condition will be, the more difficult it will be to join the active set, and the easier it
will be to leave the active set; the smaller W is, the easier it will to join the active set, and the
more difficult it will be to leave the active set.

Relevant Commands
For RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameter: Set it through SET
INTRAFREQHO, and query it through LST INTRAFREQHO.

2-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

For cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameter: Add it through ADD


CELLINTRAFREQHO, query it through LST CELLINTRAFREQHO, and modify it
through MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO.

2.1.4 Soft Handover Relative Thresholds


These parameters define the difference between the quality of a cell (evaluated with the Ec/No
of PCPICH at present) and the comprehensive quality of the active set (the best cell quality in
case that W=0). The soft handover relative threshold parameters include IntraRelThdFor1ACS,
IntraRelThdFor1APS (relative threshold for 1A) and IntraRelThdFor1BCS,
IntraRelThdFor1BPS (relative threshold for 1B).

Parameter ID
IntraRelThdFor1ACS
IntraRelThdFor1APS
IntraRelThdFor1BCS
IntraRelThdFor1BPS

Value Range
0 to 29

Physical Value Range


0 to 14.5dB, step 0.5dB

Parameter Setting
The default values of IntraRelThdFor1A CS/PS is 6, namely 3dB, and the default values of
IntraRelThdFor1BCS/PS is 12, namely 6dB.
As specified in 25.331, when CPICH Ec/N0 value is adopted as the measured value, the
following formula is adopted for the event 1A trigger decision:

Where,
l MNew is the measured value of the cell that enters the report range;
l CIONew is the offset of this cell;
l Mi is the measured value of the cells in the active set;
l NA is the number of cells in the current active set;
l MBest is the measured value of the best cell in the active set;
l W is the weighting value which is used for weighting the comprehensive quality of the best
cell and the active set;
l R1a is report range, namely the relative threshold for soft handover;

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-7


2 Handover Parameters

l H1a is the hysteresis value of event 1A.

The following event is taken as the trigger condition of event 1B:

Where,

l MOld is the measured value of the cell that leaves the report range;
l CIOOld is the offset of this cell;
l Mi is the measured value of the cells in the active set;
l NA is the number of cells in the current active set;
l MBest is the measured value of the best cell in the active set;
l W is the weighting value used for weighing the comprehensive quality of the best cell and
the active set;
l R1b is report range, namely the relative threshold for soft handover;
l H1b is the hysteresis value of event 1B.

The selection of a relative threshold for handover corresponds directly to the soft handover
proportion, and it should ensure the trouble-free implementation of smoothing handover.

Impact on the Network Performance


The parameter setting determines the size of the soft handover area and the user proportion
involved in soft handover.

l If the threshold is big, the target cell will join the active set more easily, call drop will occur
more difficultly, and the UE proportion in the state of soft handover will be increased, but
the forward resources will be seriously occupied;
l If the threshold is small, the target cell will join the active set more difficultly, the
communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and the implementation of smoothing
handover will be affected.

Relevant Commands
For RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameter: Set it through SET
INTRAFREQHO, and query it through LST INTRAFREQHO.

For cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameter: Add it through ADD


CELLINTRAFREQHO, query it through LST CELLINTRAFREQHO, and modify it
through MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO.

2.1.5 Event 1F Absolute Thresholds


This parameter corresponds to the guarantee signal strength that satisfies the basic service QoS.
The absolute thresholds of soft handover include IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo and
IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP (Correspond to Ec/Io and RSCP).

2-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Parameter ID
IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo
IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP

Value Range
IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo: -24-0
IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP: -155-25

Physical Value Range


IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo: -24-0dB, step 1dB
IntraAblThdFor1FFRSCP: -155-25, step 1dB

Parameter Setting
The default value is:
IntraAblThdFor1FEcNo:-18.
IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP:-115
1F: PCPICH measured value is lower than the absolute threshold event.
These values are the absolute thresholds used for 1F reports in the soft handover algorithm,
corresponding to the guarantee signal strength that satisfies the basic service QoS and affecting
the triggering of event 1F.
Event 1F is used to trigger emergency blind handover. If the optimal cell of active set reports
event 1F, it indicates the active set quality is rather poor, and blind handover is triggered at this
moment to make the final attempt before call dropping.

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the set threshold, the more easily blind handover will be triggered, and vice versa.
In practice, adjust the value in accordance with the handover policy and network coverage.

Relevant Commands
For RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameter: Set it through SET
INTRAFREQHO, and query it through LST INTRAFREQHO.
For cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameter: Add it through ADD
CELLINTRAFREQHO, query it through LST CELLINTRAFREQHO, and modify it
through MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO.

2.1.6 Hysteresis Related to Soft Handover


These parameters represent the hysteresis value of the event 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D and 1F.

Parameter ID
HystFor1A

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-9


2 Handover Parameters

HystFor1B
HystFor1C
HystFor1D
HystFor1F

Value Range
0 to 15

Physical Value Range


0 to 7.5dB, step 0.5dB

Parameter Setting
The default value: the 1A and event 1B hysteresis parameters are set to 0(0dB), and the others
are set to 8(4dB).
event 1C: cell replacement in the active set.
event 1D: In case of an active set cell, the best cell will be modified; in case of a monitored set
cell, it will be added into the active set and the best cell will be modified.
l Event 1A

The first formula is used to trigger 1A, and the second one is used cancel 1A. Therefore,
the hysteresis range is the signal fluctuation range under usual conditions, or the fluctuation
range of the slow fading under the same condition.
l Event 1B

The first formula is used to trigger 1B, and the second one is used cancel 1B.
l Event 1C
MNew ≥ MInAS + H1c/2
MNew ≤ MInAS - H1c/2
The range of this value can be adjusted within 3 to 5dB. Because 1C is triggered when the
active set size reaches the maximum value, and the delay of handover at this time will not

2-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

lead to bad result, the signaling interaction caused by the ping pong effect should be reduced
to the minimum in the parameter configuration. The parameter can be increased
appropriately in the adjustment.
l Event 1D
MNotBest ≥ MBest + H1d/2
The event cancellation formula has not been given in the protocol. According to the
cancellation definitions of other events, the 1D cancellation definition can be deduced as
follows:
MNotBest ≤ MBest - H1d/2
The range of this value can be adjusted within 3 to 5dB. Because all the handover policies
are based on the best cell and the change of the best cell usually leads to the update of the
measurement control, the ping pong change and mis-decision should be reduced to the
minimum in the report of the event 1D. The parameter can be increased appropriately in
the adjustment.
l Event 1F
MNew ≤ T1f - H1f/2
MNew ≥ T1f + H1f/2
The range of this value can be adjusted within 3 to 5dB. The value of this parameter is
consistent with the hysteresis value for 1B. [1]

Impact on the Network Performance


l For a UE that has entered to the soft handover area, increased hysteresis is equivalent to a
reduced soft handover range;
l For a UE that has left the soft handover area, increased hysteresis is equivalent to an
increased soft handover range.
If the number of users entering the soft handover area is the same as the number of users leaving
the soft handover area, there will be no influence on the actual proportion of soft handover. The
bigger the hysteresis is, the stronger the signal fluctuation resistance capability will be, and the
better the ping pong effect will be suppressed; however, the response speed of the handover
algorithm on signal changes will be decreased. Therefore, the radio environment (slow fading
characteristics), the actual handover distance and the user moving speed should be fully
considered for the setting of this parameter.

Relevant Commands
For RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameter: Set it through SET
INTRAFREQHO, and query it through LST INTRAFREQHO.
For cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameter: Add it through ADD
CELLINTRAFREQHO, query it through LST CELLINTRAFREQHO, and modify it
through MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO.

2.1.7 Time to Trigger Related to Soft Handover


These parameters represent the trigger delay time of the event 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D and 1F.

Parameter ID
TrigTime1A

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-11


2 Handover Parameters

TrigTime1B

TrigTime1C

TrigTime1D

TrigTime1F

Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280,
D2560, D5000), work range Enum(D0, D200, D240, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)

Physical Value Range


Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000)ms

Parameter Setting
Default value for 1A is D320, and default values for other events are D640.

The time-to-trigger mechanism is mainly used:

l To reduce number of the error event reports caused by burst signals.


l To suppress in some degree ping pong handover.
l To reduce the influence of shadow fading on event decisions.

Layer 3 filter coefficient, hysteresis and time-to-trigger jointly overcome the interference
(mainly slow fading) effect. They are used to prevent the ping pong effect (including event
reports, and active set and best cell update) caused by slow fading.

In order to obtain the approximate performance, we can use different combinations of the three
parameters. The interferences overcome by the three parameters are of different types:

l Filter coefficient can well overcome weak signal interference under strong signals;
l Hysteresis is mainly used to overcome interference with the strength within a certain range,
especially ping pong handover at the verge of a cell;
l Time-to-trigger can overcome burst signal interference effectively.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger the value of hysteresis is, the more difficult the handover will be; however, if the
value of hysteresis increases, the call drop risk will be increased.

Relevant Commands
For RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Set them through SET
INTRAFREQHO, and query them through LST INTRAFREQHO.

For cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameters: Add them through ADD
CELLINTRAFREQHO, query them through LST CELLINTRAFREQHO, and modify
them through MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO.

2-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

2.1.8 Minimum Quality Threshold of Soft Handover


When the RNC receives 1A, 1C and event 1D, it can be added to the active set only when CPICH
Ec/Io of the target cell is higher than this absolute threshold.

Parameter ID
SHOQualmin

Value Range
-24 to 0, step 1

Physical Value Range


-24dB to 0dB, step 1dB

Parameter Setting
The default value is -16, namely, -16dB.
Purpose for setting this parameter: If the signal added to the cell is too poor in quality, there is
no apparent contribution to general quality of the active set, more downlink resources will be
occupied, and more TPC bit errors will be introduced. On the contrary, the soft handover
performance will be deteriorated. Therefore, a basic quality requirement should be worked out
for the added radio link. Setting of this parameter is related with the power distribution rate of
public channel and demodulation capability of UE.

Impact on the Network Performance


Adjust it according to the Ec/Io to be reached by the cell soft handover area as expected at
network planning. The higher this parameter set, the more difficult for the neighboring cell to
join in the active set, but quality of the cell for joining can be ensured. The lower this parameter
set, the easier for the neighboring cell to join in the active set, but it a too-low parameter cannot
restrict the cell quality.

Relevant Commands
For RNC-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameter: Set it through SET
INTRAFREQHO, and query it through LST INTRAFREQHO.
For cell-oriented intra-frequency handover algorithm parameter: Add it through ADD
CELLINTRAFREQHO, query it through LST CELLINTRAFREQHO, and modify it
through MOD CELLINTRAFREQHO.

2.1.9 Affect 1A and 1B Event Thresholds Flag


Switch CellsForbidden1A for affecting the relevant threshold of event 1A or not and the switch
CellsForbidden1B for affecting the relevant threshold of event 1B or not.

Parameter ID
CellsForbidden1A

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-13


2 Handover Parameters

CellsForbidden1B

Value Range
NOT_AFFECT (not affect); AFFECT (affect)

Physical Value Range


None

Parameter Setting
The default value is AFFECT. See the following relative threshold calculation formulas of 1A
and event 1Bs. This parameter determines whether the measurement value Mi of corresponding

cell i appears at . If it is AFFECT, then Mi will take part in sum at calculation, or else
it will not.

Impact on the Network Performance


When the value of W is 0, the state (on or off) of this switch has no influence on the calculation
result.

Relevant Commands
Add it through ADD INTRAFREQNCELL, query it through LST INTRAFREQNCELL,
and modify it through MOD INTRAFREQNCELL.

2.1.10 Cell Individual Offset


It is the CPICH measured value offset of intra-frequency handover cells.

Parameter ID
CellIndividalOffset

Value Range
-20 to 20

Physical Value Range


-10 to 10dB, step 0.5dB

2-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Parameter Setting
The default value is 0.

The sum of this value and the actual measured value is used in the UE event estimation. The UE
uses the sum of the original cell measured value and this offset as the measurement result for
the UE intra-frequency handover decision. It plays the role of shifting the cell boarder in the
handover algorithm. This parameter is configured according to the actual environment in the
network planning. In the neighboring cell configuration, if handover is expected to occur easily,
set this parameter to a positive value; otherwise, set it to a negative value. The function of this
parameter is to move the cell edge and configured according to actual environment.

Impact on the Network Performance


l The bigger this parameter is, the more easily soft handover will occur, and the more UEs
will be in the soft handover state, but the more forward resources will be occupied;
l The smaller this parameter is, the more difficultly soft handover will occur, which will be
likely to affect the receiving quality.

Relevant Commands
Add it through ADD INTRAFREQNCELL, query it through LST INTRAFREQNCELL,
and modify it through MOD INTRAFREQNCELL.

2.2 Inter-Frequency Handover Parameters


The common configurable inter-frequency handover parameters are listed here.

Table 2-2 List of inter-frequency handover parameters

Parameter ID Parameter Default Relative Level


Meaning Value Command

CellIndividalOff- Cell individual 0 Set: ADD NCEL


set Offset INTERFREQNC L
ELL
Query: LST
INTERFREQNC
ELL
Modify: MOD
INTERFREQNC
ELL

InterFreqReport- Inter-Frequency Periodical_rep For RNC RNC


Mode Measurement orting Set or Modify: SET CELL
Report Mode INTERFREQHO
COV
InterFreqMeasQu Inter-Frequency CPICH_RSCP
antity Measurement Query: LST
Quantity INTERFREQHO
COV
For Cell

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-15


2 Handover Parameters

Parameter ID Parameter Default Relative Level


Meaning Value Command

InterFreqFilter- Inter-Frequency D3 Set: ADD


Coef Measurement Filter CELLINTERFRE
Coefficient QHOCOV
Query: LST
WeightForUsedFr Frequency D3
CELLINTERFRE
eq Weighting Factor
QHOCOV
Hystfor2B,Hystfo Hysteresis Related Hystfor2B:0 Modify: MOD
r2D,Hystfor2F,H to Inter-Frequency (0dB) CELLINTERFRE
ystforHHO Handover Hystfor2D and QHOCOV
Hystfor2F and
HystforHHO
:6(3dB)

TrigTime2B,Trig Time-to-Trigger D640


Time2D,TrigTim Related to Inter-
e2F,TrigTimeHH Frequency Hard
O Handover

InterFreqCSThd2 RSCP-Based Inter- 2D: -95dBm;


FRSCP Frequency 2F: -90dBm
InterFreqPSThd2 Measurement Start/
FRSCP Stop Thresholds
InterFreqCSThd2
DRSCP
InterFreqPSThd2
DRSCP

InterFreqCSThd2 Ec/No-based Inter- 2D: -16


FEcN0 frequency 2F: -14
InterFreqPSThd2 Measurement Start/
FEcN0 Stop Thresholds
InterFreqCSThd2
DEcN0
InterFreqPSThd2
DEcN0

InterFreqCovHO Target Frequency RSCP: -90


CSThdRSCP Trigger Threshold (dBm);
InterFreqCovHO of Inter-Frequency Ec/No: -16
PSThdRSCP Coverage (dB)
InterFreqCovHO
CSThdEcN0
InterFreqCovHO
PSThdEcN0

IFHOUsedFreqC Current Used RSCP: -95


SThdRSCP Frequency Quality (dBm)

2-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Parameter ID Parameter Default Relative Level


Meaning Value Command

IFHOUsedFreqC Threshold of Inter- Ec/No: -16


SThdRSCP Frequency (dB)
IFHOUsedFreqC Handover
SThdEcN0
IFHOUsedFreqP
SThdEcN0

HHORSCPmin Inter-frequency Ec/No: -16


HHOEcNomin Measurement (dB)
Minimum Access RSCP: -115
Thresholds (dBm)

2.2.1 Inter-Frequency Measurement Report Mode


In the inter-frequency handover based on coverage, this parameter is used to select the periodical
report or event trigger mode for inter-frequency measurement report.
2.2.2 Inter-Frequency Measurement Quantity
This parameter determines to select Ec/N0 or RSCP as measurement quantity when this cell is
performing inter-frequency related measurement, including event 2B, 2D and 2F and periodical
measurement. This parameter is oriented to cell configuration.
2.2.3 Inter-Frequency Measurement Layer 3 Filter Coefficients
It is the measurement smoothing factor adopted in Layer 3 inter-frequency filtering.
2.2.4 Frequency Weighting Factor
This parameter is used to determine proportions of the optimal cell and other cells in the active
set at calculation of the frequency integrated quality.
2.2.5 Hysteresis Related to Inter-Frequency Handover
These parameters are trigger hysteresis for event 2B, 2D, 2F and hard handover (HHO).
2.2.6 Time to Trigger Related to Inter-Frequency Hard Handover
These parameters are trigger delay time for event 2B, 2D, 2F and hard handover (HHO) in
coverage-oriented inter frequency handover.
2.2.7 RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds
In the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, when the periodical inter-frequency
measurement reporting mode is adopted, this parameter corresponds to inter-frequency
measurement event absolute thresholds when RSCP is used for measurement, including event
2D absolute threshold and event 2F absolute threshold.
2.2.8 EC/No-based Inter-Frequency Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds
In the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, this parameter corresponds to inter-frequency
measurement event absolute thresholds when Ec/No is used for measurement.
2.2.9 Target Frequency Trigger Threshold of Inter–Frequency Coverage
When the event reporting mode is adopted for inter-frequency handover in the coverage-based
inter-frequency handover, this parameter is used as the mandatory threshold requirement
satisfied by target frequency quality when 2B event is triggered, and it is one mandatory
condition of 2B event trigger. If the periodical reporting mode is adopted, this parameter is
used as the absolute threshold of inter-frequency hard handover event. Based on different
measurement quantities and different borne services, it can be InterFreqCovHOCSThdEcN0

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-17


2 Handover Parameters

(target frequency Ec/No trigger threshold of CS service), InterFreqCovHOPSThdEcN0 (target


frequency Ec/No trigger threshold of PS service), InterFreqCovHOCSThdRSCP (target
frequency RSCP trigger threshold of CS service) or InterFreqCovHOPSThdRSCP (target
frequency RSCP trigger threshold of PS service).
2.2.10 Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inter-Frequency Handover
In the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, this parameter will be used for measurement
control of 2B event only when the event reporting mode is adopted for inter-frequency
handover, and one mandatory condition for triggering 2B event can be satisfied only when the
quality of used frequency is lower than this threshold.
2.2.11 Inter-Frequency Measurement Minimum Access Thresholds
When the periodical reporting mode is selected for inter-frequency coverage handover in the
coverage-based inter-frequency handover, the quality measurement value of inter-frequency cell
should satisfy the inter-frequency handover absolute value. Moreover, its RSCP and EcNo
quality must satisfy the minimum access threshold, so inter-frequency handover may take place.
The minimum access threshold corresponding to RSCP is HHORSCPmin, and that
corresponding to EcN0 is HHOEcNomin.
2.2.12 Cell Individual Offset
It is the cell offset for inter-frequency handover.

2.2.1 Inter-Frequency Measurement Report Mode


In the inter-frequency handover based on coverage, this parameter is used to select the periodical
report or event trigger mode for inter-frequency measurement report.

Parameter ID
InterFreqReportMode

Value Range
Enum (Periodical_reporting, Event_trigger)

Physical Value Range


Periodical_reporting indicates adoption of the periodical reporting mode.

Event_trigger indicates adoption of the event trigger mode.

Parameter Setting
The default value is Periodical_reporting.

There are two optional inter-frequency handover report modes in RNC V1.7: event report and
periodical report, which are selected through the inter-frequency report mode switch. This
algorithm switch is oriented to RNC configuration.

Event report:

To prevent ping pong before and after inter-frequency handover, use 2B event (when the current
in-use frequency quality is lower than the absolute threshold used frequency quality
threshold, the non-used frequency quality is higher than the other absolute threshold target
frequency trigger threshold) as the trigger event for judging origination of inter-frequency

2-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

handover. As the 2B event has no event transfer period, the retry function after handover failure
is not implemented, unless this cell can trigger 2B event again.
Periodical report:
Use event 2D and 2F as the compressed mode to start and stop event, and periodically report
the measurement result of inter-frequency neighboring cell in the compressed mode period.
When the cell quality reported by UE is higher than the sum of an absolute threshold and the
relative hysteresis, the delay trigger timer will start. If the requirement is always satisfied when
the timer is timeout, inter-frequency handover is started after the delay trigger timer is timeout.
If handover fails, handover judging continues in accordance with the inter-frequency
measurement periodical report.

Impact on the Network Performance


The periodical report and event report modes have their own advantages and disadvantages. At
present, the traditional periodical report mode is still adopted.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-frequency handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERFREQHOCOV, and query through LST INTERFREQHOCOV.
Parameter oriented to cell inter-frequency handover algorithm: Add it through ADD
CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and
modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV.

2.2.2 Inter-Frequency Measurement Quantity


This parameter determines to select Ec/N0 or RSCP as measurement quantity when this cell is
performing inter-frequency related measurement, including event 2B, 2D and 2F and periodical
measurement. This parameter is oriented to cell configuration.

Parameter ID
InterFreqMeasQuantity

Value Range
Enum (CPICH Ec_N0, CPICH_RSCP)

Physical Value Range


None

Parameter Setting
The default value is CPICH_RSCP.
It refers to inter-frequency measurement quantity of inter-frequency hard handover evaluation
used for covering handover destination, including event 2D, event 2F and 2B event inter-
frequency measurement quantities and inter-frequency measurement quantity.
In other words, for the cell at the carrier coverage edge, we use CPICH RSCP as the measurement
physical quantity of inter-frequency cell, and, for the carrier center area (non-carrier coverage

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-19


2 Handover Parameters

edge cell), use CPICH Ec/N0 as the inter-frequency measurement quantity. In this way, inter-
frequency handover can be performed in time to avoid call dropping when the system load is
high and intra-frequency handover fails.

Impact on the Network Performance


Set the parameter based on the location of the cell in the network and whether inter-system
neighboring cell exists.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-frequency handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERFREQHOCOV, and query through LST INTERFREQHOCOV.

Parameter oriented to cell inter-frequency handover algorithm: Add it through ADD


CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and
modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV.

2.2.3 Inter-Frequency Measurement Layer 3 Filter Coefficients


It is the measurement smoothing factor adopted in Layer 3 inter-frequency filtering.

Parameter ID
InterFreqFilterCoef

Value Range
Enum (D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19), working range:
Enum(D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8)

Physical Value Range


Enum (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19)

Parameter Setting
The default value is D3.

The physical meaning and measurement model of this parameter are the same as those of intra-
frequency measurement; what is different is that the report cycle of inter-frequency measurement
is 480ms, while the report cycle of intra-frequency measurement is 200ms. In inter-frequency
measurement, according the different types of cells, the CPICH RSCP or CPICH Ec/No is likely
to be adopted. Filter Coefficient corresponding to different measurement have a little difference.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the stronger the signal smoothing effect will be, and the stronger
the fast fading resistance capability will be, but the weaker the signal change tracing capability
will be, which may result in call drop if handover is not implemented timely; if the setting of
this parameter is too low, the probability of unnecessary hard handover and ping pong handover
will increase.

2-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Relevant Commands
For RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameter: Set it through SET
INTERFREQHOCOV, and query it through LST INTERFREQHOCOV.
For cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameter: Add it through ADD
CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and
modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV.

2.2.4 Frequency Weighting Factor


This parameter is used to determine proportions of the optimal cell and other cells in the active
set at calculation of the frequency integrated quality.

Parameter ID
WeightForUsedFreq

Value Range
0 to 20

Physical Value Range


0 to 2, step 0.1

Parameter Setting
The default value is 0, that is, only the best cell quality in the active set is used as the current
frequency quality.
WeightForUsedFreq is used for evaluation of 2B, 2C, 2D and event 2Fs. The carrier quality
evaluation formula is as follows:

Here,
l Qfrequencyj is the estimated quality (dB value) of frequency j.
l Mfrequencyj is the estimated quality (linear value) of frequency j.
l Mij is the measurement result of cell i in the active set of frequency j.
l NA j is the number of cells in the active set of frequency j.
l MBestj is the measurement result of optimal cell in the active set of frequency j.
l Wj is the frequency weighting factor.

For setting this parameter, refer to the setting method for intra-frequency handover weighting
factor WEIGHT.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter, the higher the current frequency quality estimated value calculated
under the same condition, and the more difficult for inter-frequency handover to occur. On the

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-21


2 Handover Parameters

contrary, the smaller the parameter value, the lower the current frequency quality estimated
value, and the easier for inter-frequency handover to be triggered.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-frequency handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERFREQHOCOV, and query through LST INTERFREQHOCOV.

Parameter oriented to cell inter-frequency handover algorithm: Add it through ADD


CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and
modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV.

2.2.5 Hysteresis Related to Inter-Frequency Handover


These parameters are trigger hysteresis for event 2B, 2D, 2F and hard handover (HHO).

Parameter ID
Hystfor2B

Hystfor2D

Hystfor2F

HystforHHO

Value Range
0 to 29

Physical Value Range


0 to 14.5dB, step 0.5dB

Parameter Setting
Default value for Hystfor2B is 0 and default value for Hystfor2D, Hystfor2F and HystforHHO
is 6, namely 3dB.

Under periodic report mode, the inter-frequency measurement hysteresis is mainly used to
overcome the occurrence of ping pong handover of 2D (the estimated quality of the current
frequency is lower than the threshold) and 2F (the estimated quality of the current frequency is
higher than the threshold) events. Under event report mode, the inter-frequency measurement
hysteresis is mainly used to decrease the frequently handover triggered by 2B event because of
radio signal changing.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger the hysteresis value is, the stronger the signal fluctuation resistance capability will
be, and the better the ping pong effect will be depressed; however, the response speed of the
handover algorithm to signal changes will be weakened at the same time.

2-22 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Relevant Commands
For RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: set them through SET
INTERFREQHOCOV and query them through LST INTERFREQHOCOV.
For cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: add them through ADD
CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query them through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and
modify them through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV.

2.2.6 Time to Trigger Related to Inter-Frequency Hard Handover


These parameters are trigger delay time for event 2B, 2D, 2F and hard handover (HHO) in
coverage-oriented inter frequency handover.

Parameter ID
TrigTime2B
TrigTime2D
TrigTime2F
TrigTimeHHO

Value Range
Value range of TrigTime2B, TrigTime2D, TrigTime2F is Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80,
D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000), working range : Enum
(D0, D200, D240, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)
Value range of TrigTimeHHO is 0 to 64000.

Physical Value Range


Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000)ms
Physical value range of TrigTimeHHO is 0 to 64000ms

Parameter Setting
Default value is D640.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger the time-to-trigger value is, the smaller the average handover frequency will be; but
the increase of the time-to-trigger setting will increase the risk of call drop.

Relevant Commands
For RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameter: set it through SET
INTERFREQHOCOV and query it through LST INTERFREQHOCOV.
For cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameter: add it through ADD
CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and
modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-23


2 Handover Parameters

2.2.7 RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement Start/Stop


Thresholds
In the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, when the periodical inter-frequency
measurement reporting mode is adopted, this parameter corresponds to inter-frequency
measurement event absolute thresholds when RSCP is used for measurement, including event
2D absolute threshold and event 2F absolute threshold.

current frequency UE RNC


measurement value

lower than the event 2D reports event 2D sends signaling to start the
absolute threshold compressed mode and begin
inter-frequency
measurement

higher than the event 2F repots event 2F sends signaling to close the
absolute threshold compressed mode and stop
inter-frequency
measurement

Parameter ID
Based on different bearer data domains, it can be:
InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP (the CS inter-frequency measurement start threshold indicated by
RSCP)
InterFreqCSThd2FRSCP (the CS inter-frequency measurement close threshold indicated by
RSCP)
InterFreqPSThd2DRSCP (the PS inter-frequency measurement start threshold indicated by
RSCP)
InterFreqPSThd2FRSCP (the PS inter-frequency measurement close threshold indicated by
RSCP)

Value Range
-115 to -25

Physical Value Range


-115 to -25dBm, step 1dBm

Parameter Setting
Default value of InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP, InterFreqPSThd2DRSCP is -95, default value of
InterFreqCSThd2FRSCP, InterFreqPSThd2FRSCP is -90.
The inter-frequency measurement start threshold (which is the compressed mode start threshold)
is the most critical parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. This set of parameters
influence the proportion of users in cells entering the compressed mode and the success rate of
hard handover. The following factors should be considered in the setting of this set of parameters:

2-24 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

l UE moving speed;
l Cell radius;
l Path loss.

Impact on the Network Performance


Event 2D and 2F are the start and stop switches of the compressed mode. When the cell is at the
verge of carrier coverage, the RSCP measured value will be used as the decision criterion for
2D and 2F. Therefore, if the compressed mode is expected to start as early as possible, lower
the 2D threshold; to reduce the ping pong start and stop of the compressed mode; increase
appropriately the difference between the thresholds of the 2D and 2F.

Relevant Commands
For RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameter: set the parameters through
SET INTERFREQHOCOV and query the parameters through LST INTERFREQHOCOV.
For cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameter: add the parameters through
ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query the parameters through LST
CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify the parameters through MOD
CELLINTERFREQHOCOV.

2.2.8 EC/No-based Inter-Frequency Measurement Start/Stop


Thresholds
In the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, this parameter corresponds to inter-frequency
measurement event absolute thresholds when Ec/No is used for measurement.

Parameter ID
InterFreqCSThd2DEcN0 (CS inter-frequency measurement start threshold indicated by Ec/N0)
InterFreqCSThd2FEcN0 (CS inter-frequency measurement close threshold indicated by Ec/N0)
InterFreqPSThd2DEcN0 (PS inter-frequency measurement start threshold indicated by Ec/N0)
InterFreqPSThd2FEcN0 (PS inter-frequency measurement close threshold indicated by Ec/N0)

Value Range
-24 to 0

Physical Value Range


-24 to 0dB, step 1dB

Parameter Setting
Default values of InterFreqCSThd2DecNo and InterFreqPSThd2DecNo are -16, and default
values for InterFreqCSThd2FEcNo and InterFreqPSThd2FecNo are -14.
For the detailed description, refer to 2.2.7 RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement Start/
Stop Thresholds.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-25


2 Handover Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance


The 2D and event 2Fs are the compressed mode start/stop switches. When the cell is at the carrier
coverage center, Ec/No measured value will be taken as the decision criterion for the 2D and
event 2Fs. Therefore, if the compressed mode is expected to start as early as possible, set the
event 2D threshold to a relatively big value; otherwise, set it to a relatively small value. To
control the ping pong effect of the compressed mode start/stop, increase appropriately the
difference between the thresholds for event 2D and 2F.

Relevant Commands
For RNC-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: set the parameters through
SET INTERFREQHOCOV and query them through LST INTERFREQHOCOV.

For cell-oriented inter-frequency handover algorithm parameters: add the parameters through
ADD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query them through LST
CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and modify them through MOD
CELLINTERFREQHOCOV.

2.2.9 Target Frequency Trigger Threshold of Inter–Frequency


Coverage
When the event reporting mode is adopted for inter-frequency handover in the coverage-based
inter-frequency handover, this parameter is used as the mandatory threshold requirement
satisfied by target frequency quality when 2B event is triggered, and it is one mandatory
condition of 2B event trigger. If the periodical reporting mode is adopted, this parameter is
used as the absolute threshold of inter-frequency hard handover event. Based on different
measurement quantities and different borne services, it can be InterFreqCovHOCSThdEcN0
(target frequency Ec/No trigger threshold of CS service), InterFreqCovHOPSThdEcN0 (target
frequency Ec/No trigger threshold of PS service), InterFreqCovHOCSThdRSCP (target
frequency RSCP trigger threshold of CS service) or InterFreqCovHOPSThdRSCP (target
frequency RSCP trigger threshold of PS service).

Parameter ID
InterFreqCovHOCSThdEcN0

InterFreqCovHOCSThdRSCP

InterFreqCovHOPSThdEcN0

InterFreqCovHOPSThdRSCP

Value Range
InterFreqCovHOCSThdEcN0 and InterFreqCovHOPSThdEcN0: -24 to 0

InterFreqCovHOCSThdRSCP and InterFreqCovHOPSThdRSCP: -115 to -25

Physical Value Range


InterFreqCovHOCSThdEcN0 and InterFreqCovHOPSThdEcN0: -24 to 0dB

InterFreqCovHOCSThdRSCP and InterFreqCovHOPSThdRSCP: -115 to -25dBm

2-26 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Parameter Setting
The default values of InterFreqCovHOCSThdEcN0 and InterFreqCovHOPSThdEcN0 are
-16dB.

The default values of InterFreqCovHOCSThdRSCP and InterFreqCovHOPSThdRSCP are


-90dBm.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger the set parameter value is, the more difficult for hard handover to occur.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-frequency handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERFREQHOCOV, and query through LST INTERFREQHOCOV.

Parameter oriented to cell inter-frequency handover algorithm: Add it through ADD


CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and
modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV.

2.2.10 Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inter-


Frequency Handover
In the coverage-based inter-frequency handover, this parameter will be used for measurement
control of 2B event only when the event reporting mode is adopted for inter-frequency
handover, and one mandatory condition for triggering 2B event can be satisfied only when the
quality of used frequency is lower than this threshold.

Parameter ID
Based on different inter-frequency measurement quantities in use and different borne services,
it can be:

IFHOUsedFreqCSThdEcN0 (used frequency Ec/No quality threshold of CS service)

IFHOUsedFreqPSThdEcN0 (used frequency Ec/No quality threshold of PS service)

IFHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP (used frequency RSCP quality threshold of CS service)

IFHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP (used frequency RSCP quality threshold of PS service)

Value Range
IFHOUsedFreqCSThdEcN0 and IFHOUsedFreqPSThdEcN0: -24 to 0

IFHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP and IFHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP: -115 to -25

Physical Value Range


IFHOUsedFreqCSThdECN0 and IFHOUsedFreqPSThdECN0: -24 to 0dB

IFHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP and IFHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP: -115 to -25dBm

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-27


2 Handover Parameters

Parameter Setting
The default values of IFHOUsedFreqCSThdEcN0 and IFHOUsedFreqPSThdEcN0 are -16dB.

The default values of IFHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP and IFHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP are


-95dBm.

Factors to be considered as setting this parameter:

The cell signal quality of current frequency is poor and cannot better satisfy the coverage
requirement of current service. After handover is completed, it is hard to hand over to the current
used frequency cell again even inter-frequency measurement is started again. In other words,
this parameter should be set lower than the trigger threshold of event 2F usually, or it is equal
to the threshold of event 2D.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger set parameter value, the easier for 2B event to be triggered.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-frequency handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERFREQHOCOV, and query through LST INTERFREQHOCOV.

Parameter oriented to cell inter-frequency handover algorithm: Add it through ADD


CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and
modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV.

2.2.11 Inter-Frequency Measurement Minimum Access Thresholds


When the periodical reporting mode is selected for inter-frequency coverage handover in the
coverage-based inter-frequency handover, the quality measurement value of inter-frequency cell
should satisfy the inter-frequency handover absolute value. Moreover, its RSCP and EcNo
quality must satisfy the minimum access threshold, so inter-frequency handover may take place.
The minimum access threshold corresponding to RSCP is HHORSCPmin, and that
corresponding to EcN0 is HHOEcNomin.

Parameter ID
HHORSCPmin

HHOEcNomin

Value Range
HHOEcNomin: -24 to 0

HHORSCPmin: -115 to -25

Physical Value Range


HHOEcNomin: -24 to 0dB, step 1dB

HHORSCPmin: -115 to -25dBm, step 1dBm

2-28 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Parameter Setting
The default value of HHOEcNomin is -16, and the default value of HHORSCPmin is -115.
The minimum quality requirement for EcNo and RSCP can ensure that the target cell quality is
not too poor.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger the parameter value is, the more difficult for inter-frequency handover to occur, but
the quality after handover can be ensured. The smaller the parameter value, the looser the inter-
frequency handover requirement, but it may lead to handover to a poor cell and occurrence of
ping pong handover.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-frequency handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERFREQHOCOV, and query through LST INTERFREQHOCOV.
Parameter oriented to cell inter-frequency handover algorithm: Add it through ADD
CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHOCOV, and
modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHOCOV.

2.2.12 Cell Individual Offset


It is the cell offset for inter-frequency handover.

Parameter ID
CellIndividalOffset

Value Range
-20 to 20

Physical Value Range


-10 to 10dB, step 0.5dB

Parameter Setting
The default value is 0.
It is the CPICH measurement offset of neighboring cell. The UE uses the sum of the original
measurement value of the cell and this offset as the measurement result for the UE’s inter-
frequency handover decision. This parameter plays the role of moving the cell boarder in the
handover algorithm. This parameter is configured according to the actual environment in the
network planning. In the neighboring cell configuration, if handover is expected to occur easily,
set this parameter to a positive value; otherwise, set it to a negative value.

Impact on the Network Performance


l The bigger this parameter is, the more easily inter-frequency hard handover will be;
l The smaller this parameter is, the more difficultly hard handover will occur.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-29


2 Handover Parameters

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD INTERFREQNCELL, query it through LST
INTERFREQNCELL, and modify it through MOD INTERFREQNCELL.

2.3 Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management


Parameters
The common configurable coverage-based inter-system handover management parameters are
listed here.

Table 2-3 List of coverage-based inter-system handover management parameters


Parameter ID Parameter Default Value Relative Level
Meaning Command

CellIndividalOf Cell Individual 0 Set: ADD NCELL


fset Offset GSMNCELL
Query: LST
GSMNCELL
Modify: MOD
GSMNCELL

InterRATFilter Inter-system D3 For RNC RNC


Coef Measurement Set or Modify: SET CELL
2D2FFilterCoe Filter Coefficient INTERRATHOCO
f V
Query: LST
InterRATRepor Inter-system Periodical_repo
INTERRATHOCO
tMode Measurement rting
V
Report Mode
For Cell
WeightForUse Frequency 0 Set: ADD
dFreq Weighting Factor CELLINTERRAT
HOCOV
InterPeriodRep Inter-system D1000
ortInterval Period Report (1000ms) Query: LST
Interval CELLINTERRAT
HOCOV
BSICVerify BSIC Verify Require Modify: MOD
Selection Switch CELLINTERRAT
2D2FMeasQua Inter-RAT CPICH_RSCP HOCOV
ntity Measurement
3AMeasQuanti Quantity
ty

InterRATCSTh RSCP-based Inter- 2D: -95dBm


d2DRSCP RAT 2F: -90dBm
InterRATPSTh Measurement
d2DRSCP Start/Stop
Thresholds

2-30 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Parameter ID Parameter Default Value Relative Level


Meaning Command

InterRATCSTh
d2FRSCP
InterRATPSTh
d2FRSCP

InterRATCSTh Ec/No-Based 2D: -16


d2DEcN0 Inter-RAT 2F: -14
InterRATPSTh Measurement
d2DEcN0 Start/Stop
Thresholds
InterRATCSTh
d2FEcN0
InterRATPSTh
d2FEcN0

IRHOUsedFreq Current Used RSCP: -95


CSThdEcN0 Frequency Quality (dBm)
IRHOUsedFreq Threshold of Inter- Ec/No: -16(dB)
PSThdEcN0 system Handover
IRHOUsedFreq
CSThdRSCP
IRHOUsedFreq
PSThdRSCP

InterRATCovH Inter-system 21,that is,


OCSThd Handover Judging -90dBm
InterRATCovH Thresholds
OPSThd

TrigTime2D Time-to-Trigger D640,that is,


TrigTime2F Related to Inter- 640ms
System Handover
TrigTime3A Event

Hystfor3A Hysteresis Related 3A: 0


Hystfor2D with Inter-system 2D/2F: 6, 3Db
Handover
Hystfor2F Coverage HystforInterRA
HystforInterRA T :4, 2dB
T

TimeToTrigFor Time to Trigger 0,that is,


Verify for Verified GSM Handover
Cell immediately

TimeToTrigFor Time to Trigger 65535,that


NonVerify for Non-verified is,forbidding
GSM Cell handover to
Non-verified
GSM Cell

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-31


2 Handover Parameters

Parameter ID Parameter Default Value Relative Level


Meaning Command

PenaltyTimefor Penalty Time for 30s


InterRATHO Inter-system
Handover

2.3.1 Inter-RAT Measurement L3 Filter Coefficients


In the inter-system handover based on coverage, they refer to the measurement smooth
coefficient adopted at L3 inter-system measurement report filtering and the measurement smooth
coefficient adopted at 2D and event 2F report.
2.3.2 Inter-RAT Measurement Report Mode
In the coverage-based inter-system handover, this parameter is used to select the periodical report
or event trigger mode for inter-system measurement report.
2.3.3 Frequency Weighting Factor
This parameter is used to determine proportions of the optimal cell and other cells in the active
set at calculation of the frequency integrated quality.
2.3.4 Inter-RAT Period Report Interval
The parameter is used to determine the measurement report interval when the inter-system
measurement report mode chooses Periodical_Reporting.
2.3.5 BSIC Verify Selection Switch
This parameter is used to control the inter-system measurement report cell. If it is set as required,
report is allowed only after the measured GSM cell identity code (BSIC) is correctly decoded.
If it is set as not Required, then all the measured cells can be reported so long as they satisfy the
above report condition, regardless of whether their BSICs are correctly decoded.
2.3.6 Inter-RAT Measurement Quantity
The parameter 2D2FmeasQuantity is used to configure the event 2D and 2F measurement
quantity for starting and stopping inter-system measurement, including EcNo and RSCP.The
parameter 3AmeasQuantity is used to configure the event 3A measurement quantity for inter-
system measurement, including EcNo and RSCP.
2.3.7 RSCP-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds
This set of parameters corresponds to the absolute thresholds of the inter-RAT measurement
events when RSCP is used for measurement.
2.3.8 Ec/No-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds
This set of parameters is corresponding to the absolute thresholds of the inter-RAT measurement
event when Ec/No is used for measurement. The parameters include: InterRATCSThd2DEcN0
(the CS inter-RAT measurement start threshold expressed with Ec/No),
InterRATPSThd2DEcN0 (the PS inter-RAT measurement start threshold expressed with Ec/
No), InterRATCSThd2FEcN0 (the CS inter-RAT measurement stop threshold expressed with
Ec/No), InterRATPSThd2FEcN0 (the PS inter-RAT measurement stop threshold expressed with
Ec/No).
2.3.9 Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inter-RAT Handoverr
When inter-system handover is in the event reporting mode, use this parameter as the
measurement control of event 3A. Only when the used frequency quality is lower than this
threshold, can one mandatory condition for triggering event 3A be satisfied.
2.3.10 Inter-RAT Handover Judging Thresholds

2-32 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Inter-system handover judging thresholds involve the inter-system CS service handover judging
threshold InterRATCovHOCSThd and the inter-system PS service handover judging threshold
InterRATCovHOPSThd.
2.3.11 Time to Trigger Related to Inter-RAT Handover
In coverage–oriented inter frequency handover, the time–to–trigger parameter include time–to–
trigger for 2D (TrigTime2D), time–to–trigger for 2F (TrigTime2F) and time-to-trigger for 3A
(TrigTime3A).
2.3.12 Hysteresis Related to Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover
In the coverage-based inter-system handover, hysteresis triggered by event includes 3A
hysteresis Hystfor3A, 2D hysteresis Hystfor2D, 2F hysteresis Hystfor2F, and inter-system
handover hysteresis HystforInterRAT.
2.3.13 Time to Trigger for Verified GSM Cell
It refers to the delay trigger time of GSM cell verified already by the BS identity code BSIC. If
the signal quality of GSM neighboring cell always satisfies the inter-system handover judging
condition in the time range stipulated by this parameter value, and the GSM neighboring cell is
in the verified state, the network will start the inter-system handover process.
2.3.14 Time to Trigger for Non-verified GSM Cell
It represents the delay time for triggering a GSM cell unacknowledged by BSIC. In the period
specified by this parameter, if the signal quality of an adjacent GSM cell meets the requirement
for inter-RAT handover and this cell is unacknowledged, the network will start inter-RAT
handover.
2.3.15 Penalty Time for Inter-RAT Handover
For inter-system handover failure to the GSM cell, possibly it is refused because the load of this
cell is heavy. Therefore, no inter-system handover request will be sent to this cell in the time
range stipulated by this parameter value.
2.3.16 Cell Individual Offset
It refers to the inter-system handover cell individual offset.

2.3.1 Inter-RAT Measurement L3 Filter Coefficients


In the inter-system handover based on coverage, they refer to the measurement smooth
coefficient adopted at L3 inter-system measurement report filtering and the measurement smooth
coefficient adopted at 2D and event 2F report.

Parameter ID
InterRATFilterCoef

2D2FfilterCoef

Value Range
Enum (D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19)

Physical Value Range


Enum (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19)

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-33


2 Handover Parameters

Parameter Setting
The default values for both InterRATFilterCoef and 2D2FFilterCoef are D3.
The physical meaning and measurement model of this parameter are the same as those of inter-
frequency measurement, and the reporting period is 480ms. For the specific analysis, refer to
2.1.2 Intra-Frequency Measurement L3 Filter Coefficient and 2.2.3 Inter-Frequency
Measurement Layer 3 Filter Coefficients.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter, the stronger the effect on signal smoothness, the stronger the fast-
fading resistance capability, but the weaker the tracing capability for signal change, and call will
drop due to handover failure. If this value is set too low, unnecessary system handover will be
increased.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHOCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHOCOV.
Parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: Add it through ADD
CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify
it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.3.2 Inter-RAT Measurement Report Mode


In the coverage-based inter-system handover, this parameter is used to select the periodical report
or event trigger mode for inter-system measurement report.

Parameter ID
InterRATReportMode

Value Range
Enum (Periodical_reporting, Event_trigger)

Physical Value Range


Periodical_reporting indicates adoption of the periodical reporting mode.
Event_trigger indicates adoption of the event trigger mode.

Parameter Setting
The default value is Periodical_reporting.
There are two optional inter-frequency handover report modes in RNC V1.7: event report and
periodical report, which are selected through the inter-system report mode switch. This algorithm
switch is oriented to RNC configuration.
Event report:
To prevent ping pong before and after inter-system handover, event 3A (the current used
frequency quality is lower than the absolute threshold, and the GSM cell level is higher than the

2-34 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

other absolute threshold) is used as the trigger event for judging origination of inter-system
handover. To improve the handover success ratio, the GSM cell BSIC of the trigger event must
be decoded correctly by EU. As the event 3A has no event transfer period, the retry function
after handover failure is not implemented, unless this cell can trigger event 3A again.
Periodical report:
When the level of the GSM cell reported by UE is higher than the inter-system event 2D absolute
threshold + hysteresis, it will start the delay trigger timer. If the clock satisfies requirement during
timer timeout, start inter-frequency handover after the delay trigger timer is timeout. If handover
fails, retry in accordance with the inter-system measurement periodical report.

Impact on the Network Performance


The periodical report and event report modes have their own advantages and disadvantages. At
present, the traditional periodical report mode is still adopted.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHOCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHOCOV.
Parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: Add it through ADD
CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify
it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.3.3 Frequency Weighting Factor


This parameter is used to determine proportions of the optimal cell and other cells in the active
set at calculation of the frequency integrated quality.

Parameter ID
WeightForUsedFreq

Value Range
0 to 20

Physical Value Range


0 to 2, step 0.1

Parameter Setting
The default value is 0, that is, only the best cell quality in the active set is used as the current
frequency quality.
WeightForUsedFreq is used for evaluation of 2D and event 2Fs. The carrier quality evaluation
formula is as follows:

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-35


2 Handover Parameters

Here,
l Qfrequencyj is the estimated quality (dB value) of frequency j.
l Mfrequencyj is the estimated quality (linear value) of frequency j.
l Mij is the measurement result of cell i in the active set of frequency j.
l NAj is the number of cells in the active set of frequency j.
l MBestj is the measurement result of optimal cell in the active set of frequency j.
l Wj is the frequency weighting factor.

For setting this parameter, refer to the setting method for intra–frequency handover weighting
factor WEIGHT.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter, the higher the current frequency quality estimated value calculated
under the same condition and the more difficult for inter–frequency handover to occur. On the
contrary, the smaller the parameter value, the lower the current frequency quality estimated
value, and the easier for inter–frequency handover to be triggered.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter–RAT handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHOCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHOCOV.
Parameter oriented to cell inter–RAT handover algorithm: Add it through ADD
CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify
it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.3.4 Inter-RAT Period Report Interval


The parameter is used to determine the measurement report interval when the inter-system
measurement report mode chooses Periodical_Reporting.

Parameter ID
InterRATPeriodReportInterval

Value Range
Enum (NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, D250, D500, D1000, D2000, D3000, D4000, D6000,
D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000, D24000, D28000, D32000, D64000)

Physical Value Range


Enum (NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250ms, 500ms, 1000ms, 2000ms, 3000ms, 4000ms,
6000ms, 8000ms, 12000ms, 16000ms, 20000ms, 24000ms, 28000ms, 32000ms, 64000ms)

Parameter Setting
The default value is D1000, namely, 1000ms.
For the GSM RSSI measurement period is 480ms, this parameter shall be larger than 480ms. If
this parameter is too large, the handover judging time shall be long.

2-36 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger the report interval value is, the smaller the number of measurement report will be;
but the increase of the report interval setting will increase the risk of call drop.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter–RAT handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHOCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHOCOV.

Parameter oriented to cell inter–RAT handover algorithm: Add it through ADD


CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify
it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.3.5 BSIC Verify Selection Switch


This parameter is used to control the inter-system measurement report cell. If it is set as required,
report is allowed only after the measured GSM cell identity code (BSIC) is correctly decoded.
If it is set as not Required, then all the measured cells can be reported so long as they satisfy the
above report condition, regardless of whether their BSICs are correctly decoded.

Parameter ID
BSICVerify

Value Range
Enum (Require, Not_Require)

Physical Value Range


Require, Not_Require

Parameter Setting
The default value is Require.

This parameter is valid for both periodical report and event report. To ensure handover reliability,
it is recommended to make a report after BSIC verification.

Impact on the Network Performance


When it is set as not required, it is easier for handover to occur, but the handover is not as reliable
as the required mode.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHOCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHOCOV.

Parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: Add it through ADD


CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify
it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-37


2 Handover Parameters

2.3.6 Inter-RAT Measurement Quantity


The parameter 2D2FmeasQuantity is used to configure the event 2D and 2F measurement
quantity for starting and stopping inter-system measurement, including EcNo and RSCP.The
parameter 3AmeasQuantity is used to configure the event 3A measurement quantity for inter-
system measurement, including EcNo and RSCP.

Parameter ID
2D2FmeasQuantity
3AmeasQuantity

Value Range
Enum (CPICH_EcN0, CPICH_RSCP)

Physical Value Range


None

Parameter Setting
The default value is CPICH_RSCP.
For setting this parameter, refer to the section about inter-frequency measurement quantity.

Impact on the Network Performance


Set it based on the cell location in the network.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHOCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHOCOV.
Parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: Add it through ADD
CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify
it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.3.7 RSCP-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds


This set of parameters corresponds to the absolute thresholds of the inter-RAT measurement
events when RSCP is used for measurement.

Parameter ID
InterRATCSThd2DRSCP (the CS inter-RAT measurement start threshold expressed with
RSCP)
InterRATPSThd2DRSCP (the PS inter-RAT measurement start threshold expressed with RSCP)
InterRATCSThd2FRSCP (the CS inter-RAT measurement stop threshold expressed with RSCP)
InterRATPSThd2FRSCP (the PS inter-RAT measurement stop threshold expressed with RSCP)

2-38 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Value Range
-115 to -25

Physical Value Range


-115 to -25dBm, step 1dBm

Parameter Setting
The default values of InterRatCSThd2DRSCP and InterRatPSThd2DRSCP are -95, and the
default values of InterRatCSThd2FRSCP and InterRatPSThd2FRSCP are -90.

For the detailed description, refer to 2.2.7 RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement Start/
Stop Thresholds. For multiRAB service, use the configuration of CS service if there has the
CS service.

Impact on the Network Performance


The 2D and event 2Fs are the compressed mode start/stop switches. Because different service
types may have different requirements on the signal quality and different inter-RAT handover
policies to be adopted, the inter-RAT measurement start/stop thresholds are classified here
according to CS, PS and signaling.

When a cell is at the verger of carrier frequency coverage, it will use RSCP measurement value
as the decision criterion for 2D and 2F. If the compressed mode is expected to start as early as
possible, set the event 2D threshold to a big value; otherwise set it to a small value. To reduce
ping pong start/stop of the compressed mode, increase appropriately the difference between the
2D and 2F thresholds.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHOCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHOCOV.

Parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: Add it through ADD


CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify
it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.3.8 Ec/No-Based Inter-RAT Measurement Start/Stop Thresholds


This set of parameters is corresponding to the absolute thresholds of the inter-RAT measurement
event when Ec/No is used for measurement. The parameters include: InterRATCSThd2DEcN0
(the CS inter-RAT measurement start threshold expressed with Ec/No),
InterRATPSThd2DEcN0 (the PS inter-RAT measurement start threshold expressed with Ec/
No), InterRATCSThd2FEcN0 (the CS inter-RAT measurement stop threshold expressed with
Ec/No), InterRATPSThd2FEcN0 (the PS inter-RAT measurement stop threshold expressed with
Ec/No).

Parameter ID
InterRATCSThd2DEcN0

InterRATPSThd2DEcN0

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-39


2 Handover Parameters

InterRATCSThd2FEcN0
InterRATPSThd2FEcN0

Value Range
-24 to 0

Physical Value Range


-24 to 0dB, step 1dB

Parameter Setting
The default values of InterRATCSThd2DEcN0 and InterRATPSThd2DEcN0 are -16dB. The
default values of InterRATCSThd2FEcN0 and InterRATPSThd2FEcN0 are -14dB.
For the detailed description, refer to 2.2.7 RSCP-Based Inter-Frequency Measurement Start/
Stop Thresholds. For multiRAB service, use the configuration of CS service if there has the
CS service.

Impact on the Network Performance


The 2D and event 2Fs are the compressed mode start/stop switches. Because different service
types may require different signal qualities and different inter-RAT handover policies, the inter-
RAT measurement start/stop thresholds are classified here according to CS, PS and signaling.
When a cell is at the center of carrier frequency coverage, the Ec/No measured value will be
used as the decision criterion of 2D and 2F. If the compressed mode is expected to start as early
as possible, set the event 2D threshold to a big value; otherwise set it to a small value. To eliminate
ping pong start/stop of the compressed mode, increase appropriately the difference between the
2D and 2F thresholds.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHOCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHOCOV.
Parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: Add it through ADD
CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify
it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.3.9 Current Used Frequency Quality Threshold of Inter-RAT


Handoverr
When inter-system handover is in the event reporting mode, use this parameter as the
measurement control of event 3A. Only when the used frequency quality is lower than this
threshold, can one mandatory condition for triggering event 3A be satisfied.

Parameter ID
Based on different inter-system measurement quantities in use and different borne services, it
can be:
IRHOUsedFreqCSThdEcN0 (used frequency Ec/No quality threshold of CS service)

2-40 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

IRHOUsedFreqPSThdEcN0 (used frequency Ec/No quality threshold of PS service)

IRHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP (used frequency RSCP quality threshold of CS service)

IRHOUsedFreqPSThdRSCP (used frequency RSCP quality threshold of PS service)

Value Range
IRHOUsedFreqCSThdEcN0 and IRHOUsedFreqPSThdEcN0: -24 to 0

IRHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP and IRHOUsedFreqPSThdRSCP: -115 to -25

Physical Value Range


IRHOUsedFreqCSThdEcN0 and IRHOUsedFreqPSThdEcN0: -24 to 0dB

IRHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP and IRHOUsedFreqPSThdRSCP: -115 to -25dBm

Parameter Setting
The default values of IRHOUsedFreqCSThdECN0 and IRHOUsedFreqPSThdECN0 are -16dB.

The default values of IRHOUsedFreqCSThdRSCP and IRHOUsedFreqCSThdRSC are -95dBm.

Factors to be considered as setting this parameter:

The cell signal quality of current frequency is poor and cannot better satisfy the coverage
requirement of current service. After handover is completed, it is hard to hand over to the current
used frequency cell again even inter-frequency measurement is started again. In other words,
this parameter should be set lower than the trigger threshold of event 2F usually, or it is equal
to the threshold of event 2D.

For combination service, adopt the CS service parameter configuration so long as the CS service
is contained.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger the set parameter value is, the easier for event 3A to be triggered. When the parameter
is too high, possibly UE will implement handover when the current system quality is acceptable.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHOCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHOCOV.

Parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: Add it through ADD


CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify
it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.3.10 Inter-RAT Handover Judging Thresholds


Inter-system handover judging thresholds involve the inter-system CS service handover judging
threshold InterRATCovHOCSThd and the inter-system PS service handover judging threshold
InterRATCovHOPSThd.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-41


2 Handover Parameters

Parameter ID
InterRATCovHOCSThd

InterRATCovHOPSThd

Value Range
0 to 63

Physical Value Range


-110 to -48dBm (0 corresponding to the value lower than -110dBm, 1 corresponding to-110dBm;
2 corresponding to -109dBm; ...; 63 corresponding to -48dBm)

Parameter Setting
The default value is 21, namely, -90dBm.

This parameter is used for inter-system coverage handover evaluation at the RNC side, that is,
Tother_RAT in the formula introduced below. It is the absolute threshold of inter-system cell
quality (RSSI) at the time of inter-system handover judging.

If the inter-system quality in the inter-system measurement report obtained at a moment satisfies
the following condition:

Mother_RAT + CIO ≥ Tother_RAT + H/2

Then start the delay trigger timer Trigger-Timer, and handover judgment is made after the timer
is timeout. If the inter-system quality satisfies the following condition before the timer gets
timeout:

Mother_RAT + CIO < Tother_RAT - H/2

Then the timer stops timing, and the RNC goes on waiting for receiving of the inter-system
measurement report.

Impact on the Network Performance


Configure this parameter differently according to different policies. If the MS can be handed
over only after the GSM cell quality is good enough, this parameter can be increased properly,
-85dBm for example.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHOCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHOCOV.

Parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: Add it through ADD


CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify
it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2-42 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

2.3.11 Time to Trigger Related to Inter-RAT Handover


In coverage–oriented inter frequency handover, the time–to–trigger parameter include time–to–
trigger for 2D (TrigTime2D), time–to–trigger for 2F (TrigTime2F) and time-to-trigger for 3A
(TrigTime3A).

Parameter ID
TrigTime2D
TrigTime2F
TrigTime3A

Value Range
Value range of TrigTime2D, TrigTime2F, TrigTime3A is Enum
(D0,D10,D20,D40,D60,D80,D100,D120,D160,D200,D240,D320,D640,D1280,D2560,D5000
), working range : Enum(D0, D200, D240, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000)

Physical Value Range


Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000)ms
Physical value range of TrigTimeHHO is 0 to 64000ms

Parameter Setting
Default value is D640.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger the time–to–trigger value is, the smaller the average handover frequency will be; but
the increase of the time–to–trigger setting will increase the risk of call drop.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter–RAT handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHOCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHOCOV.
Parameter oriented to cell inter–RAT handover algorithm: Add it through ADD
CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify
it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.3.12 Hysteresis Related to Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover


In the coverage-based inter-system handover, hysteresis triggered by event includes 3A
hysteresis Hystfor3A, 2D hysteresis Hystfor2D, 2F hysteresis Hystfor2F, and inter-system
handover hysteresis HystforInterRAT.

Parameter ID
Hystfor3A
Hystfor2D

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-43


2 Handover Parameters

Hystfor2F

HystforInterRAT

Value Range
Hystfor2D and Hystfor2F: 0 to 29

Hystfor3A and HystforInterRAT: 0 to 15

Physical Value Range


Hystfor2D and Hystfor2F: 0 to 14.5dB, step 0.5dB

Hystfor3A and HystforInterRAT: 0 to 7.5, step 0.5dB

Parameter Setting
The default value for Hystfor3A is 0 (0dB); the default values for Hystfor2D and Hystfor2F are
6 (3dB); the default value for HystforInterRAT is 4 (2dB).

Here, HystforInterRAT is used to prevent wrong judgment caused by abrupt signal jitter during
inter-system handover judging, and it, together with the inter-system quality threshold,
determines whether to trigger an inter-system handover judgment.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger the set hysteresis, the stronger the capability for resisting signal fluctuation, and the
ping pong effect will be suppressed, but the response speed to signal change by the handover
algorithm will be weakened. If the inter-system handover hysteresis is set too high, the
requirement for inter-system quality will be high, it is hard to trigger inter-system handover
judging condition, and the call dropping ratio will increase.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHOCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHOCOV.

Parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: Add it through ADD


CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify
it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.3.13 Time to Trigger for Verified GSM Cell


It refers to the delay trigger time of GSM cell verified already by the BS identity code BSIC. If
the signal quality of GSM neighboring cell always satisfies the inter-system handover judging
condition in the time range stipulated by this parameter value, and the GSM neighboring cell is
in the verified state, the network will start the inter-system handover process.

Parameter ID
TimeToTrigForVerify

2-44 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Value Range
0 to 64000

Physical Value Range


0 to 64000ms

Parameter Setting
The default value is 0, namely, immediate handover.

Refer to the description in the section about handover threshold. The trigger condition for inter-
system handover judging:

Mother_RAT + CIO ≥ Tother_RAT + H/2

If inter-system quality satisfies the above trigger condition, then start the delay trigger timer
Trigger-Timer, and inter-system handover judgment can be made after the timer gets timeout.
The length of this delay trigger timer is called delay trigger time. This parameter, together with
hysteresis, is used to prevent wrong judgment caused by signal jitter during inter-system
handover judging.

Impact on the Network Performance


The longer the delay trigger time is, the more difficult the handover will be, but increase of the
delay trigger time will enhance the call dropping risk.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHOCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHOCOV.

Parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: Add it through ADD


CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify
it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.3.14 Time to Trigger for Non-verified GSM Cell


It represents the delay time for triggering a GSM cell unacknowledged by BSIC. In the period
specified by this parameter, if the signal quality of an adjacent GSM cell meets the requirement
for inter-RAT handover and this cell is unacknowledged, the network will start inter-RAT
handover.

Parameter ID
TimeToTrigForNonVerify

Value Range
0 to 64000, 65535

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-45


2 Handover Parameters

Physical Value Range


0 to 64000ms, the value 65535 means that the RNC will not hand over to an unacknowledged
GSM cell

Parameter Setting
The default value is 65535, namely, the RNC will not hand over to an unacknowledged GSM
cell.

Impact on the Network Performance


The longer the delay trigger time is, the more difficult the handover will be, but increase of the
delay trigger time will enhance the call dropping risk.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHOCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHOCOV.

Parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: Add it through ADD


CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify
it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.3.15 Penalty Time for Inter-RAT Handover


For inter-system handover failure to the GSM cell, possibly it is refused because the load of this
cell is heavy. Therefore, no inter-system handover request will be sent to this cell in the time
range stipulated by this parameter value.

Parameter ID
PenaltyTimeforInterRATHO

Value Range
0 to 60

Physical Value Range


0 to 60s

Parameter Setting
The default value is 30.

Impact on the Network Performance


The penalty time may be too short because the load status of the GSM cell is not changed, and
handover will fail again. However, increase of the penalty trigger time will enhance the call
dropping risk.

2-46 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to RNC inter-RAT handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHOCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHOCOV.

Parameter oriented to cell inter-RAT handover algorithm: Add it through ADD


CELLINTERRATHOCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHOCOV, and modify
it through MOD CELLINTERRATHOCOV.

2.3.16 Cell Individual Offset


It refers to the inter-system handover cell individual offset.

Parameter ID
CellIndividalOffset

Value Range
-50 to 50

Physical Value Range


-50 to 50dB

Parameter Setting
The default value is 0.

This parameter is used for the inter-system handover judging process. Set it based on the
landform feature of the GSM cell. UE uses the original measurement value of this cell plus this
offset as the measurement result for UE handover judging. It functions as the mobile cell border
in the handover algorithm. The bigger the parameter value, the higher the handover priority of
this GSM cell. Normally, configure it as 0.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter value, the easier to hand over to the GSM, and vice versa.

Relevant Commands
Set it through ADD GSMNCELL, query it through LST GSMNCELL, and modify it through
MOD GSMNCELL.

2.4 Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Management


Parameters
The common configurable non coverage-based inter-system handover management parameters
are listed here.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-47


2 Handover Parameters

Table 2-4 List of non coverage-based inter-system handover management parameters


Parameter ID Parameter Meaning Default Relative Level
Value Command

CSServiceHOSwitc Inter-system Service OFF Set: ADD CELL


h Handover Switch CELLHOCOMM
PSServiceHOSwitc Query: LST
h CELLHOCOMM
Modify: MOD
CELLHOCOMM

InterRATFilterCoef Inter-system D3 For RNC RNC


Measurement Filter Set or Modify: SET CELL
Coefficient INTERRATHON
COV
Hystfor3C Hysteresis of Event 3C 0
Query: LST
TrigTime3C Time-to-Trigger for D640 INTERRATHON
Event 3C COV
BSICVerify BSIC Verify Selection Required For Cell
Switch Set: ADD
CELLINTERRA
InterRATNCovHO Non-coverage-based 21,that is, THONCOV
CSThd Inter-system -90dBm Query: LST
InterRATNCovHOP Handover Judging CELLINTERRA
SThd Thresholds THONCOV
PenaltyTimeforIn- Penalty Time for Inter- 30s Modify: MOD
terRATHO system Handover CELLINTERRA
THONCOV
InterRATHOAttem Inter-RAT handover 16
pts max attempt times

InterRATMeasTime Inter-RAT measure 60s


timer length

2.4.1 Inter-RAT Service Handover Switch


It indicates the cell whether to allow trigger CS and PS service handover, including inter-RAT
CS service handover switch and PS service handover switch.
2.4.2 Inter-RAT Measurement L3 Filter Coefficient
It refers to the measurement smooth coefficient adopted for L3 inter-system measurement report
filter in the inter-system handover based on non-coverage.
2.4.3 Hysteresis of Event 3C
It refers to the trigger hysteresis of event 3C of inter-system handover based on non-coverage.
2.4.4 Time to Trigger for Event 3C
It refers to the delay trigger event of event 3C of inter-system handover based on non-coverage.
2.4.5 BSIC Verify Selection Switch
This parameter is used to control the inter–system measurement report cell in the inter–system
handover based on non–coverage. If it is set as required, report is allowed only after the measured
GSM cell identity code (BSIC) is correctly decoded. If it is set as not Required, then all the

2-48 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

measured cells can be reported so long as they satisfy the above report condition, regardless of
whether their BSICs are correctly decoded.
2.4.6 Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Judging Thresholds
Inter-system handover judging thresholds based on non-coverage involve the non-coverage
inter-system CS service handover judging threshold InterRATNCovHOCSThd and the non-
coverage inter-system PS service handover judging threshold InterRATNCovHOPSThd.
2.4.7 Penalty Time for Inter-RAT Handover
It refers to the penalty timer adopted when the non-coverage-based inter-system handover fails.
This parameter is valid for both service and load handover.
2.4.8 Inter-RAT Handover Max Attempt Times
This parameter is maximum attempt times of none-coverage-based inter-RAT handover.
2.4.9 Inter-RAT Measure Timer Length
This parameter defines that the system will stop inter-RAT measurement and disables the
compressed mode if enabled if no inter-RAT handover occurs upon expiry of the inter-RAT
measurement timer.

2.4.1 Inter-RAT Service Handover Switch


It indicates the cell whether to allow trigger CS and PS service handover, including inter-RAT
CS service handover switch and PS service handover switch.

Parameter ID
CSServiceHOSwitch

PSServiceHOSwitch

Value Range
Enum (ON, OFF)

Physical Value Range


ON, OFF

Parameter Setting
The default value is OFF.

The service handover refers to the service handover attribute of each service and configuration
of related parameters at network side. Once the service is set up, the related measurement is
immediately triggered and inter-RAT handover is performed.

The two switches are just on only when the service handover function is necessary. Normally
they are off.

Impact on the Network Performance


Set the two switches according to actual network handover strategies.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-49


2 Handover Parameters

Relevant Commands
For cell-oriented common handover parameter: Add it through ADD CELLHOCOMM, query
it through LST CELLHOCOMM, and modify it through MOD CELLHOCOMM.

2.4.2 Inter-RAT Measurement L3 Filter Coefficient


It refers to the measurement smooth coefficient adopted for L3 inter-system measurement report
filter in the inter-system handover based on non-coverage.

Parameter ID
InterRATFilterCoef

Value Range
Enum (D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19)

Physical Value Range


Enum (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19)

Parameter Setting
All the default values of FilterCoef are D3.

The physical meaning and measurement model of this parameter are the same as those of the
inter-system handover measurement filter coefficient based on coverage. For the detailed
analysis, refer to 2.3.1 Inter-RAT Measurement L3 Filter Coefficients.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter, the stronger the effect on signal smoothness, the stronger the fast-
fading resistance capability, but the weaker the tracing capability for signal change, and call will
drop due to handover failure. If this value is set too low, unnecessary system handover will be
increased.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to the RNC non-coverage inter-system handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHONCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHONCOV.

Parameter oriented to cell non-coverage inter-system handover algorithm: Add it through ADD
CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, and
modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHONCOV.

2.4.3 Hysteresis of Event 3C


It refers to the trigger hysteresis of event 3C of inter-system handover based on non-coverage.

Parameter ID
Hystfor3C

2-50 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Value Range
0 to 15

Physical Value Range


0 to 7.5, step 0.5dB

Parameter Setting
The default value for Hystfor3C is 0 (0dB).
Event 3C means the GSM cell quality is higher than an absolute threshold.
Event 3C is used for inter-system load handover and service handover. When the inter-system
cell satisfies the following condition, event 3C report is triggered, and the corresponding cell is
placed in the event 3C trigger list. Report of event 3C is not repeated for the cell in the list.
MotherRAT + CIOotherRAT ≥ TotherRAT + H3C/2

Here,
l H3C is event 3C hysteresis, namely, the parameter Hystfor3C.
l TotherRAT is the report threshold of inter-system cell trigger event, and the corresponding
parameter is based on non-coverage inter-system handover threshold.
When the cell in the list satisfies the following condition:
MotherRAT + CIOotherRAT ≤ TotherRAT - H3C/2

The corresponding cell is deleted from the list.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger the set hysteresis, the stronger the capability for resisting signal fluctuation, and the
ping pong effect will be suppressed, but the response speed to signal change by the handover
algorithm will be weakened. If the inter-system handover hysteresis is set too high, the
requirement for inter-system quality will be high, it is hard to trigger inter-system handover
judging condition, and the call dropping ratio will increase.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to the RNC non-coverage inter-system handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHONCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHONCOV.
Parameter oriented to cell non-coverage inter-system handover algorithm: Add it through ADD
CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, and
modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHONCOV.

2.4.4 Time to Trigger for Event 3C


It refers to the delay trigger event of event 3C of inter-system handover based on non-coverage.

Parameter ID
TrigTime3C

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-51


2 Handover Parameters

Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280,
D2560, D5000)

Physical Value Range


Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000) ms

Parameter Setting
The default value is D640.
The delay trigger time aims to reduce excessive events reports triggered occasionally for a
measurement result. Considering that the period for reporting to its L3 by the physical layer of
inter-system measurement UE is 480ms, set it as the default value here temporarily.

Impact on the Network Performance


The longer the delay trigger time is, the more difficult the handover will be, but increase of the
delay trigger time will enhance the call dropping risk.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to the RNC non-coverage inter-system handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHONCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHONCOV.
Parameter oriented to cell non-coverage inter-system handover algorithm: Add it through ADD
CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, and
modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHONCOV.

2.4.5 BSIC Verify Selection Switch


This parameter is used to control the inter–system measurement report cell in the inter–system
handover based on non–coverage. If it is set as required, report is allowed only after the measured
GSM cell identity code (BSIC) is correctly decoded. If it is set as not Required, then all the
measured cells can be reported so long as they satisfy the above report condition, regardless of
whether their BSICs are correctly decoded.

Parameter ID
BSICVerify

Value Range
Enum (Require, Not_Require)

Physical Value Range


Require, Not_Require

Parameter Setting
The default value is required.

2-52 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Usually, the handover due to non–coverage cause has a lower requirement for handover
timeliness, but has a high requirement for the handover success rate. It is recommended to always
set it as required to ensure the handover reliability.

Impact on the Network Performance


When it is set as not required, it is easier for handover to occur, but the handover is not as reliable
as the required mode.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to the RNC non–coverage inter–system handover algorithm: Set through
SET INTERRATHONCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHONCOV.

Parameter oriented to cell non–coverage inter–system handover algorithm: Add it through ADD
CELLINTERRATHONCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV, and
modify it through MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV.

2.4.6 Non Coverage-Based Inter-RAT Handover Judging


Thresholds
Inter-system handover judging thresholds based on non-coverage involve the non-coverage
inter-system CS service handover judging threshold InterRATNCovHOCSThd and the non-
coverage inter-system PS service handover judging threshold InterRATNCovHOPSThd.

Parameter ID
InterRATNCovHOCSThd

InterRATNCovHOPSThd

Value Range
0 to 63

Physical Value Range


-110 to -48dBm (0 corresponding to the value lower than -110dBm, 1 corresponding to-110dBm;
2 corresponding to -109dBm; ...; 63 corresponding to -48dBm)

Parameter Setting
All the default values are 21, namely, -90dBm.

See the judging formula in 3C hysteresis.

Impact on the Network Performance


Configure this parameter differently according to different policies. If the MS can be handed
over only after the GSM cell quality is good enough, this parameter can be increased properly,
-85dBm for example.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-53


2 Handover Parameters

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to the RNC non-coverage inter-system handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHONCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHONCOV.
Parameter oriented to cell non-coverage inter-system handover algorithm: Add it through ADD
CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, and
modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHONCOV.

2.4.7 Penalty Time for Inter-RAT Handover


It refers to the penalty timer adopted when the non-coverage-based inter-system handover fails.
This parameter is valid for both service and load handover.

Parameter ID
PenaltyTimeForInterRATHO

Value Range
0 to 65535

Physical Value Range


0 to 65535s

Parameter Setting
The default value is 30.
More devices take part in inter-system handover, the flow is complex, the delay is long, and the
probability corresponding to intra-system handover failure may be high. In addition, it may be
hard to recover the cause leading to failure in a short time. To reduce unnecessary handover
retries for the same cell and effect on processing of other flows, the penalty timer is added to
restrict multiple retries for the same cell in a short time. The specific value can be adjusted
according to the actual requirement.

Impact on the Network Performance


The penalty time may be too short because the load status of the GSM cell is not changed, and
handover will fail again. However, increase of the penalty trigger time will enhance the call
dropping risk.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to the RNC non-coverage inter-system handover algorithm: Set through SET
INTERRATHONCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHONCOV.
Parameter oriented to cell non-coverage inter-system handover algorithm: Add it through ADD
CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, and
modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHONCOV.

2.4.8 Inter-RAT Handover Max Attempt Times


This parameter is maximum attempt times of none-coverage-based inter-RAT handover.

2-54 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Parameter ID
InterRATHOAttempts

Value Range
0 to 16

Physical Value Range


0 to 16 times

Parameter Setting
The default value is 16.
More devices take part in inter–system handover, the flow is complex, the handover delay is
long, and the probability corresponding to intra–system handover failure may be high.
If the times of intra–system handover failure too high, it will waste network resource and service
quality will not be guaranteed. This issue will be controlled effectively by setting this parameter.

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the parameter value is, the bigger the probability of the UE handover from one system
to another one is. However, the lower the parameter value is, the smaller the influence to network
quality is.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to the RNC non–coverage inter–system handover algorithm: Set through
SET INTERRATHONCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHONCOV.
Parameter oriented to cell non–coverage inter–system handover algorithm: Add it through ADD
CELLINTERRATHONCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERRATHONCOV, and
modify it through MOD CELLINTERRATHONCOV.

2.4.9 Inter-RAT Measure Timer Length


This parameter defines that the system will stop inter-RAT measurement and disables the
compressed mode if enabled if no inter-RAT handover occurs upon expiry of the inter-RAT
measurement timer.

Parameter ID
InterRATMeasTime

Value Range
0 to 512

Physical Value Range


0, the system will not start the inter-RAT measurement timer, 1 to 512s

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-55


2 Handover Parameters

Parameter Setting
The default value is 60.
To close compress mode in coverage-based inter-system handover can trigger event 2F, since
there is not event 2F in non-coverage-based inter-system handover, it only depends on the
measurement timer.

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the parameter value is, the bigger the probability of the UE handover from one system
to another one is. However, the lower the parameter value is, the smaller the influence to network
quality is.

Relevant Commands
Parameter oriented to the RNC non–coverage inter–system handover algorithm: Set through
SET INTERRATHONCOV, and query through LST INTERRATHONCOV.
Parameter oriented to cell non–coverage inter–system handover algorithm: Add it through ADD
CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, query it through LST CELLINTERFREQHONCOV, and
modify it through MOD CELLINTERFREQHONCOV.

2.5 Blind Handover Management Parameters


The common configurable blind handover management parameters are listed here.

Table 2-5 List of blind handover management parameters

Parameter Parameter Default Relative Command Level


ID Meaning Value

BlindHoFla Blind handover flag False For Inter-Freq


g ADD
INTERFREQNCELL
BlindHOPri Blind Handover -
o Priority LST
INTERFREQNCELL
MOD
INTERFREQNCELL
For Inter-RAT
ADD GSMNCELL
LST GSMNCELL
MOD GSMNCELL

2.5.1 Blind Handover Flag


This parameter indicates whether performs the blind handover to the neighboring cell. Namely,
UE can direct handover to the neighboring cell not to measure it.
2.5.2 Blind Handover Priority
If the BlindHOFlag is true, the BlindHOPrio is used to appoint the blind handover priority of
the neighboring cell.

2-56 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

2.5.1 Blind Handover Flag


This parameter indicates whether performs the blind handover to the neighboring cell. Namely,
UE can direct handover to the neighboring cell not to measure it.

Parameter ID
BlindHoFlag

Value Range
Enum (False and True)

Physical Value Range


Null

Parameter Setting
The default value of BlindHoFlag is False.

If there has a same coverage inter-freq neighboring cell, it can be set TRUE.

Impact on the Network Performance


Set the parameter according to actual network handover strategies. It may affect KPI
performance concerning the cells if the blind handover is allowed in related cells, especially,
the emergency blind handover is.

Relevant Commands
For inter-frequency and inter-RAT handover neighboring cell parameter: Add it through ADD
INTERFREQNCELL or ADD GSMNCELL, query it through LST INTERFREQNCELL
or LST GSMNCELL, and modify it through MOD INTERFREQNCELL or MOD
GSMNCELL.

2.5.2 Blind Handover Priority


If the BlindHOFlag is true, the BlindHOPrio is used to appoint the blind handover priority of
the neighboring cell.

Parameter ID
BlindHOPrio

Value Range
BlindHOPrio: 0 to 30

Physical Value Range


Null

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-57


2 Handover Parameters

Parameter Setting
For BlindHOPrio parameter, the value 0 represents the highest priority. The value range
corresponds to only one cell. Priorities 0–15 are assigned to concentric neighboring cells, which
can ensure successful handover. Priorities 16–30 are assigned to neighboring cells for blind
handover, which cannot ensure successful handover.

Impact on the Network Performance


Set the two parameters according to actual network handover strategies.

Relevant Commands
For inter-frequency and inter-RAT handover neighboring cell parameter: Add it through ADD
INTERFREQNCELL or ADD GSMNCELL, query it through LST INTERFREQNCELL
or LST GSMNCELL, and modify it through MOD INTERFREQNCELL or MOD
GSMNCELL.

2.6 Cell Selection and Reselection


The common configurable cell selection and reselection parameters are listed here.

Table 2-6 List of cell selection and reselection parameters

Parameter ID Parameter Default Value Relative Level


Meaning Command

IdleQhyst1s Measureme Qhyst1s : 2(4dB) ADD Cell


IdleQhyst2s nt Hysteresis Qhyst2s :1(2dB) CELLSELRESEL
Parameters LST
ConnQhyst1s
CELLSELRESEL
ConnQhyst2s
MOD
CELLSELRESEL

IdleQoffset1sn Load Level 0 ADD


IdleQoffset2sn Offsets INTRAFREQNCE
LL
ConnQoffset1sn
LST
ConnQoffset2sn INTRAFREQNCE
Qoffset1sn LL
MOD
INTRAFREQNCE
LL
ADD
INTERFREQNCE
LL
LST
INTERFREQNCE
LL

2-58 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Parameter ID Parameter Default Value Relative Level


Meaning Command

MOD
INTERFREQNCE
LL
ADD GSMNCELL
LST GSMNCELL
MOD GSMNCELL

Qqualmin Minimum -18dB ADD


Quality CELLSELRESEL
Criterion LST
CELLSELRESEL
Qrxlevmin Minimum -58,that is,-115dBm
Access MOD
Level CELLSELRESEL

IdleSintrasearch Cell Sintrasearch: 5


ConnSintrasearc Reselection (10dB)
h Start Sintersearch :4
Thresholds (8dB)
IdleSintersearch
ConnSintersearc Ssearchrat :2(4dB)
h
SsearchRat

Treselections Reselection 1
Hysteresis
Time

Qrxlevmin Minimum -58,that is,-115dBm ADD GSMNCELL NCELL


Access LST GSMNCELL
Level for
Inter-RAT MOD GSMNCELL
cell

2.6.1 Measurement Hysteresis Parameters


The measurement hysteresis parameters include measurement hysteresis 1 (Qhyst1s) and
measurement hysteresis 2 (Qhyst2s), which are respectively used for the UE to measure the
service cell CPICH RSCP (Qhyst1s) and CPICH Ec/N0 (Qhyst2s). IdleQhyst1s and IdleQhyst2s
used to idle state, ConnQhyst1s and ConnQhyst2s used to connecting state.
2.6.2 Load Level Offsets
These parameters are cell offsets used for cell selection and reselection. In the cell selection /
reselection process, when CPICH Ec/N0 is used for measurement, the cell offset is QOffset2sn;
when CPICH RSCP is used for measurement, IdleQoffsets and IdleQoffset2s used to idle state,
ConnQoffset1s and ConnQoffset2s used to connecting state. There exist ConnQoffset1s and
ConnQoffset2s only if SIB12 indication is set TRUE. In addition, there is only QOffset1sn in
inter-RAT cell selection and reselection, namely, not idle, connect, or QOffset2sn.
2.6.3 Minimum Quality Criterion
This parameter is the minimum access threshold of PCPICH Ec/N0. The UE can reside in the
cell only when CPICH Ec/N0 measured by the UE is bigger than this threshold.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-59


2 Handover Parameters

2.6.4 Minimum Access Level


This parameter is the minimum access level threshold of PCPICH RSCP. The UE can reside
in this cell only when CPICH RSCP measured by the UE is bigger than this threshold.
2.6.5 Cell Reselection Start Thresholds
These parameters include the intra-frequency cell reselection start threshold (Including Idle and
connecting state), the inter-frequency cell reselection start threshold (Including Idle and
connecting state) and the inter-RAT cell reselection start threshold (SsearchRat).
2.6.6 Reselection Hysteresis Time
If the signal quality of other cells (CPICH Ec/No measured by the UE) is always better than the
quality of the current cell within the time specified by this parameter, the UE will reselect this
cell to reside in.
2.6.7 Minimum Access Level for Inter-RAT Cell
This parameter is the minimum access level threshold of inter-RAT cell. The UE can reside in
this cell only when GSM RSSI measured by the UE is bigger than this threshold.

2.6.1 Measurement Hysteresis Parameters


The measurement hysteresis parameters include measurement hysteresis 1 (Qhyst1s) and
measurement hysteresis 2 (Qhyst2s), which are respectively used for the UE to measure the
service cell CPICH RSCP (Qhyst1s) and CPICH Ec/N0 (Qhyst2s). IdleQhyst1s and IdleQhyst2s
used to idle state, ConnQhyst1s and ConnQhyst2s used to connecting state.

Parameter ID
IdleQhyst1s
IdleQhyst2s
ConnQhyst1s
ConnQhyst2s

Value Range
0 to 20

Physical Value Range


0 to 40dB, step 2dB

Parameter Setting
The default value of Qhyst1s is 2 (4dB), and the default value of Qhyst2s is 1 (2dB); Qhyst2s
is optional. If not configured, Qhyst2s has the value of measurement hysteresis 1.
According to the R criterion, the measured value of the current service cell participates in cell
reselection sequencing after this hysteresis is added to it. The values of these parameters are
related to the slow fading property of the area where the cell is located.
These parameters are used mainly to prevent the ping pong effect of the cell reselection result
due to the slow fading when the UE is at the cell verge. The ping pong effect may cause frequent
location updates (idle mode), URA updates (URA_PCH) or cell updates (CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH); which results in increased network signaling load and higher loss of UE battery
energy.

2-60 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger these hysteresis parameters are, the smaller probability that various types of cell
reselections occur will be, and the better the slow fading resistance capability will be, but the
slower the reaction to the environment changes will be.

Relevant Commands
Set these parameters through ADD CELLSELRESEL, query them through LST
CELLSELRESEL, and modify them through MOD CELLSELRESEL.

2.6.2 Load Level Offsets


These parameters are cell offsets used for cell selection and reselection. In the cell selection /
reselection process, when CPICH Ec/N0 is used for measurement, the cell offset is QOffset2sn;
when CPICH RSCP is used for measurement, IdleQoffsets and IdleQoffset2s used to idle state,
ConnQoffset1s and ConnQoffset2s used to connecting state. There exist ConnQoffset1s and
ConnQoffset2s only if SIB12 indication is set TRUE. In addition, there is only QOffset1sn in
inter-RAT cell selection and reselection, namely, not idle, connect, or QOffset2sn.

Parameter ID
IdleQoffset1sn

IdleQoffset2sn

ConnQoffset1sn

ConnQoffset2sn

Qoffset1sn

Value Range
-50 to 50

Physical Value Range


-50dB to 50dB

Parameter Setting
The default values are 0.

These parameters are offsets of CPICH measured values of neighboring cells. QOffset1sn is
used for the RSCP measurement and the neighboring cell measurement value participates in cell
reselection sequencing after this offset is deducted from it. QOffset2sn is used for the Ec/No
measurement and the neighboring cell measurement value participates in cell reselection
sequencing after this offset is deducted from it.

These parameters play the role of moving the cell boarder in the cell selection and reselection
algorithms. They are configured according to the actual environment in network planning.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-61


2 Handover Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance


l The bigger these values are, the smaller the probability of selecting the neighboring cell
will be;
l The smaller these values are, the bigger the probability of selecting the neighboring cell
will be.

Relevant Commands
For intra-frequency cell selection/reselection: set these parameters through ADD
INTRAFREQNCELL, query them through LST INTRAFREQNCELL , and modify them
through MOD INTRAFREQNCELL .
For inter-frequency cell selection/reselection: set these parameters through ADD
INTERFREQNCELL, query them through LST INTERFREQNCELL, and modify them
through MOD INTERFREQNCELL.
For inter-RAT cell selection and reselection: set these parameters through ADD
GSMNCELL, query them through LST GSMNCELL, and modify them through MOD
GSMNCELL.

2.6.3 Minimum Quality Criterion


This parameter is the minimum access threshold of PCPICH Ec/N0. The UE can reside in the
cell only when CPICH Ec/N0 measured by the UE is bigger than this threshold.

Parameter ID
Qqualmin

Value Range
-24 to 0

Physical Value Range


-24 to 0dB, step 1dB

Parameter Setting
The default value is -18.
The FDD mode is defined by the S criterion for cell selection in the protocol 25.304, as follows:
Srxlev>0 & Squal>0
Where,
l Squal = Qqualmeas - Qqualmin;
l Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas - Qrxlevmin - Pcompensation.
l Qqualmeas is Ec/N0 of the measured value CPICH of the cell quality;
l Qrxlevmeas is RSCP of CPICH;
l Qrxlevmin is the minimum pilot signal receiving power required for the current cell;

2-62 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Pcompensation= Max. (UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH - P_MAX, 0);

l UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH is the maximum allowed uplink transmit power of the UE


when accessing to the cell, namely MaxAllowedULTxPower;
l P_MAX is the maximum radio frequency output power of the UE.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the more difficult it will be for the UE to select this cell to reside
in; the smaller this parameter is, the easier it will be for the UE to select this cell to reside in.
However, if this parameter is too low, the UE will fail to receive correctly the system information
borne over PCCPCH after it resides in the cell.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLSELRESEL, query it through LST
CELLSELRESEL, and modify it through MOD CELLSELRESEL.

2.6.4 Minimum Access Level


This parameter is the minimum access level threshold of PCPICH RSCP. The UE can reside
in this cell only when CPICH RSCP measured by the UE is bigger than this threshold.

Parameter ID
Qrxlevmin

Value Range
-58 to -13

Physical Value Range


-115dBm to -25dBm, step 2dB

Where, -58 correspond to -115dBm, -57 correspond to -113dBm,… -13 correspond to 25dBm

Parameter Setting
The default value is -58, namely -115dBm.

For the definition of Qrxlevmin, refer to Minimum Quality Criterion (Qqualmin).

The settings of Qrxlevmin and Qqualmin should be considered together.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the more difficult it will be for the UE to select this cell to reside
in; the smaller this parameter is, the easier it will be for the UE to select this cell to reside in.
However, if this parameter is too low, the UE will fail to receive the system information borne
over PCCPCH correctly after it resides in this cell.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-63


2 Handover Parameters

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLSELRESEL, query it through LST
CELLSELRESEL, and modify it through MOD CELLSELRESEL.

2.6.5 Cell Reselection Start Thresholds


These parameters include the intra-frequency cell reselection start threshold (Including Idle and
connecting state), the inter-frequency cell reselection start threshold (Including Idle and
connecting state) and the inter-RAT cell reselection start threshold (SsearchRat).

Parameter ID
IdleSintrasearch

IdleSintersearch

ConnSintrasearch

ConnSintersearch

SsearchRat

Value Range
-16 to 10

Physical Value Range


-32 to 20, step 2dB

Parameter Setting
The default value of Sintrasearch is 5 (10dB), the default value of Sintersearch is 4 (8dB), and
the default value of Ssearchrat is 2 (4dB).

The cell reselection start thresholds are defined in the protocol 25.304 as follows:

1. If Sx <= Sintrasearch, the UE will implement intra-frequency measurement and start intra-
frequency cell reselection;
2. If Sx <= Sintersearch, the UE will implement inter-frequency measurement and start inter-
frequency cell reselection;
3. If Sx <= SsearchRAT, the UE will implement inter-RAT measurement and start inter-RAT
cell reselection.

Where, Sx =measured value of UE - Qqualmin.

When the UE detects that the quality of the service cell (CPICH Ec/N0 measured by the UE) is
lower than the sum of the minimum quality criterion of the service cell (Qqualmin) plus this
threshold, it will start the intra-frequency/inter-frequency/ inter-RAT cell reselection process.

Intra-frequency cell reselection is prior to inter-frequency/inter-RAT cell reselection. When


setting these three parameters, make sure that the intra-frequency cell reselection start threshold
is bigger than the inter-frequency/inter-RAT cell reselection start threshold.

2-64 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


2 Handover Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance


l If these parameters are too high, cell reselection will probably start frequently, resulting in
UE battery waste;
l If they are too low, cell reselection will probably start difficultly, and the UE will fail to
reside timely in a cell with good quality, and this will influence the communication quality
between the UTRAN and the UE.

Relevant Commands
Set these parameters through ADD CELLSELRESEL, query them through LST
CELLSELRESEL, and modify them through MOD CELLSELRESEL.

2.6.6 Reselection Hysteresis Time


If the signal quality of other cells (CPICH Ec/No measured by the UE) is always better than the
quality of the current cell within the time specified by this parameter, the UE will reselect this
cell to reside in.

Parameter ID
Treselections

Value Range
0 to 31

Physical Value Range


0 to 31s

Parameter Setting
The default value is 1.
This parameter is used to prevent the UE from implementing ping pong reselection between
cells. Note: 0 refers to the default value specified in the protocol, instead of 0s.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If this parameter is too low, the UE will probably perform ping pong reselection;
l If it is too high, it may result in too long cell reselection delay, which will influence the
normal operation of cell reselection.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLSELRESEL, query it through LST
CELLSELRESEL, and modify it through MOD CELLSELRESEL.

2.6.7 Minimum Access Level for Inter-RAT Cell


This parameter is the minimum access level threshold of inter-RAT cell. The UE can reside in
this cell only when GSM RSSI measured by the UE is bigger than this threshold.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 2-65


2 Handover Parameters

Parameter ID
Qrxlevmin

Value Range
-58 to -13

Physical Value Range


-115 to -25dBm, and the step is 2dBm

Where, -58 corresponds to -115dBm, -57 corresponds to -113dBm …and -13 corresponds to
25dBm.

Parameter Setting
The default value is -58, namely, -115dBm. Similar to the S criteria, in the GSM/DCS/PCS
system, the MS also requires a path loss standard to reside in a GSM/DCS/PCS cell, and this
standard requires path loss criterion parameterC1>0. C1 is defined as follows:

C1 = (A - Max(B,0))

Here,

l A= RLA_C - RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
l B= MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH - P,

For DCS 1800, B = MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH + POWER OFFSET - P.

l RLA_C: Average strength measurement value of receiving signal


l RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN: The minimum signal strength required by the access system,
that is, Qrxlevmin of this section.
l MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH: The maximum transmitting power allowed by the MS access
system
l POWER OFFSET: The power offset parameter of DCS°1°800 MS, used together with
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
l P: The maximum RF output power of MS

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the more difficult it will be for the UE to select this cell to reside
in; the smaller this parameter is, the easier it will be for the UE to select this cell to reside in.
However, if this parameter is too low, the UE will fail to receive the system information borne
over PCCPCH correctly after it resides in this cell.

Relevant Commands
Set it through ADD GSMNCELL, query it through LST GSMNCELL, and modify it through
MOD GSMNCELL.

2-66 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


3 Admission Control Parameters

3 Admission Control Parameters

About This Chapter

Admission control is a way for coordinating the WCDMA system capacity, coverage and quality,
and it ensures the system stability and QoS requirement by control over user access.

Table 3-1 List of admission control parameters


Parameter ID Parameter Default Value Relative Le
Meaning Command vel

ULBETraffInit Uplink and Downlink 64 Kbit/s Set or Modify: SET RN


BitRate Initial Access Rates FRC C
DLBETraffInit of BE Service Query: LST FRC
BitRate

IU_Qos_Neg_ Intelligent IU_QOS_NEG_S IU_QOS_NEG_S RN


Switch Admission WITCH:0 WITCH and C
RAB_Downsiz Algorithm Switch RAB_DOWNSIZI RAB_DOWNSIZI
ing_Switch NG_SWITCH:1 NG_SWITCH
QueueAlgoSwi QUEUEALGOS Set or Modify: SET
tch WITCH:OFF CORRMALGOS
WITCH
PeemptAlgoS PREEMPTALGO
witch SWITC:OFF Query: LST
CORRMALGOS
WITCH
QUEUEALGOSW
ITCH and
PREEMPTALGO
SWITC
Set or Modify: SET
QUEUEPREEMP
T

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-1


3 Admission Control Parameters

Parameter ID Parameter Default Value Relative Le


Meaning Command vel

Query: LST
QUEUEPREEMP
T

UlConvAMRT AMR Voice Uplink 75% Set: ADD Cel


hd Threshold for CELLCAC l
Conversation Service Query: LST
CELLCAC
UlConvNonA Non AMR Voice 75%
MRThd Uplink Threshold of Modify: MOD
Conversation Service CELLCAC

DlConvAMRT AMR Voice 80%


hd Downlink Threshold
for Conversation
Service

DlConvNonA Non AMR Voice 80%


MRThd Downlink Threshold
of Conversation
Service

UlOtherThd Uplink Threshold for 60%


Other Services

DlOtherThd Downlink Threshold 75%


for Other Services

UlHOThd Uplink Handover 80%


Admission Threshold

DlHOThd Downlink Handover 85%


Admission Threshold

3.1 Uplink and Downlink Initial Access Rates of BE Service


They are the uplink and downlink initial access rates UlBeTraffInitBitrate and
DLBeTraffInitBitrate when the BE service is set up.
3.2 Intelligent Admission Algorithm Switch
Four sub algorithm switches are contained: the maximum rate negotiation
IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH, initial rate selection RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH, queuing
QUEUEALGOSWITCH and preempting PREEMPTALGOSWITCH.
3.3 AMR Voice Uplink Threshold for Conversation Service
The uplink threshold for the conversation service is used for the uplink admission of conversation
service users.
3.4 Non AMR Voice Uplink Threshold of Conversation Service
It is the uplink threshold of non AMR voice service in the conversation service and used for
uplink admission for non AMR voice user in the conversation service.
3.5 Uplink Threshold for Other Services
This parameter is the uplink threshold for services other than the conversation service. It is used
for uplink admission of other services.

3-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


3 Admission Control Parameters

3.6 AMR Voice Downlink Threshold for Conversation Service


The downlink threshold for the conversation service is used for the downlink admission of
conversation service users.
3.7 Non AMR Voice Downlink Threshold of Conversation Service
It is the downlink threshold of non AMR voice in the conversation service and used for downlink
admission for non AMR voice user in the conversation service.
3.8 Downlink Threshold for Other Services
This parameter is the downlink threshold for services other than the conversation service. It is
used for downlink admission of users of other services.
3.9 Uplink Handover Admission Threshold
The uplink handover threshold is used for uplink admission of handover users. The parameter
is only useful for uplink inter-frequency handover. Do not do the admission judgment in the
uplink soft handover.
3.10 Downlink Handover Admission Threshold
The handover downlink threshold is used for downlink admission of handover users.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-3


3 Admission Control Parameters

3.1 Uplink and Downlink Initial Access Rates of BE Service


They are the uplink and downlink initial access rates UlBeTraffInitBitrate and
DLBeTraffInitBitrate when the BE service is set up.

Parameter ID
UlBeTraffInitBitrate
DLBeTraffInitBitrate

Value Range
Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384)

Physical Value Range


Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384) kbps

Parameter Setting
The default values for both ULBETraffInitBitRate and DLBETraffInitBitRate are 64K.
To save system resources and improve the admission success rate, BE does not require access
at the maximum expected rate at setup. In stead, a lower rate is adopted for initial access. After
access, the rate is adjusted higher when the traffic requires and system resources allow it to do
so.
When the initial rate selection (RAB Downsizing) function is enabled, this value is the uplink/
downlink initial access rate when the BE service is set up. If this rate access fails to satisfy the
current load condition, then the actual initial access rate is the negotiated rate based on this rate.
When the RAB Downsizing function is disabled, this parameter is the uplink/downlink initial
access rate when the BE service is set up.

Impact on the Network Performance


l The higher this parameter set, the shorter the time fro the BE service to reach the maximum
rate but the easier for adjustment downward through negotiation when the system is
congested, so it makes no sense to set it too high.
l The smaller this parameter, the easier for the BE service to access as per this rate, but, if it
is set too low, it will take a longer time to adjust to the required rate when there is a service
requirement.

Relevant Commands
Set the parameter through SET FRC, and query it through LST FRC.

3.2 Intelligent Admission Algorithm Switch


Four sub algorithm switches are contained: the maximum rate negotiation
IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH, initial rate selection RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH, queuing
QUEUEALGOSWITCH and preempting PREEMPTALGOSWITCH.

3-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


3 Admission Control Parameters

Parameter ID
IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH

RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH

QUEUEALGOSWITCH

PREEMPTALGOSWITCH

Value Range
IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: Enum (0,1)

QUEUEALGOSWITCH and PREEMPTALGOSWITC: On, Off

Physical Value Range


IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: 0 indicates Off, and 1
indicates On.

QUEUEALGOSWITCH and PREEMPTALGOSWITC: On indicates open and Off indicates


close.

Parameter Setting
The default value of IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is 0, the default value of
RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH is 1, and the default values of QUEUEALGOSWITCH and
PREEMPTALGOSWITC are OFF.

These sub algorithms in intelligent admission are briefed below:

Maximum rate negotiation: At RAB assignment setup, RAB assignment modification and
transition-in, the real-time or non-real-time (BE) service of PS domain requires rate negotiation
based on the UE supported capability to get the maximum expected rate of a proper service QoS
request. This negotiation result should be sent to the CN. For the BE service, it is the maximum
rate can be adjusted for its DCCC.

Initial rate selection: At RAB assignment setup, RAB assignment modification and transition-
in, the real-time or non-real-time (BE) service of PS domain requires selection of a proper initial
rate configuration bandwidth from typical rates smaller than or equal to the maximum expected
rate after negotiation and bigger than or equal to the lowest ensured rate according to the cell
load information before application for cell resources.

Preempting: In the service setup, modification, hard handover and transition-in scenarios, if
service request supports preempting capability (core network configuration) when application
for cell resources fails, preempting will be executed, and the resource of lower-priority user
supporting preempting is released to set up the service request.

Queuing: In the service setup, modification, hard handover and transition-in scenarios, if service
request does not support preempting capability or the preempting switch is closed when
application for cell resources fails, but service request supports the queuing capability, queuing
will be executed. When the heartbeat timer of queuing is timeout, attempt is made to allocate
resource to the service request with the minimum metric in the queue.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-5


3 Admission Control Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance


Set the value according to the actual requirement and the supporting capability of core network.

Relevant Commands
Set IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH through SET
CORRMALGOSWITCH, and query them through LST CORRMALGOSWITCH.

Set QUEUEALGOSWITCH and PREEMPTALGOSWITC through SET


QUEUEPREEMPT, and query them through LST QUEUEPREEMPT.

3.3 AMR Voice Uplink Threshold for Conversation Service


The uplink threshold for the conversation service is used for the uplink admission of conversation
service users.

Parameter ID
UlConvAMRThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range


0 to 1, step 0.01

Parameter Setting
The default value is 75.

Based on the current load factor of the system and the service properties of the call requesting
for admission, the uplink admission control algorithm predicts the load factor of the system after
the new call is admitted, uses the sum of the predicted load factor value and the common channel
uplink load factor as the predicted value of the new load factor, and then compares the predicted
value of the load factor with the load factor threshold. If the predicted load factor value is not
bigger than the load factor threshold, the call will be admitted; otherwise it will be rejected.

The uplink load thresholds include this parameter and uplink threshold for conversation non-
AMR service, uplink threshold for other services and uplink handover admission
threshold. According to the relations among these four parameters, the proportions of the
conversation service and other services in the cell can be limited. These parameters can be also
used to ensure the priorities of handover users and the conversation service access.

Impact on the Network Performance


If this parameter is too high, the system load after admission will probably be too high, which
will affect the system stability and result in system congestion; if it is too low, there will be a
bigger probability that users will be rejected, and some resources will be idled and wasted.

3-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


3 Admission Control Parameters

This parameter, uplink threshold for conversation non-AMR service, uplink threshold for
other services and uplink handover admission threshold should be considered together with
the network planning results.

l If this parameter is too high, the target coverage in the network planning will be influenced;
l If it is too low, the target capacity cannot be satisfied.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify
it through MOD CELLCAC.

3.4 Non AMR Voice Uplink Threshold of Conversation


Service
It is the uplink threshold of non AMR voice service in the conversation service and used for
uplink admission for non AMR voice user in the conversation service.

Parameter ID
UlConvNonAMRThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range


0 to 1, step 0.01

Parameter Setting
The default value is 75.

The uplink admission control algorithm predicts the system load factor after admission of new
call according to the load factor of current system and service feature of admission request call.
It uses the sum of the load factor predicted value and the uplink load factor of public channel as
the new load factor predicted value, and then compares the load factor predicted value with the
load factor threshold. If the load factor predicted value is not bigger than the load factor threshold,
this call is admitted, or else it is refused.

Uplink load thresholds include this parameter, AMR voice uplink threshold of conversation
service, Uplink thresholds of other services and Uplink handover admission threshold. You
can restrict the proportion of conversation to other services in cell based on relations of the four
parameters or use them to ensure the priority of handover user and conversation service access.

Impact on the Network Performance


If this parameter is set too high, the system load after admission may be over big to affect the
system stability, resulting in system congestion. If this parameter is too low, the possibility for
refusing user will increase, and some resources may be left idle.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-7


3 Admission Control Parameters

This parameter, AMR voice uplink threshold of conversation service, Uplink thresholds of
other services and Uplink handover admission threshold should be considered together with
the planning result of network optimization to avoid over-big set target coverage affecting
network optimization, or too-small coverage that can not reach the target capacity.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify
it through MOD CELLCAC.

3.5 Uplink Threshold for Other Services


This parameter is the uplink threshold for services other than the conversation service. It is used
for uplink admission of other services.

Parameter ID
UlOtherThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range


0 to 1, step 0.01

Parameter Setting
The default value is 60.

For the description of this parameter, refer to 3.3 AMR Voice Uplink Threshold for
Conversation Service.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If this parameter is too high, the system load after admission will probably be too high,
which will affect the system stability and result in system congestion;
l If it is too low, there will be a bigger probability that users will be rejected, and some
resources will be idled and wasted.

This parameter, uplink threshold for conversation service and uplink handover admission
threshold should be considered together with the network planning results.

l If it is too high, the object coverage in the network planning will be influenced;
l If it is too low, the target capacity cannot be satisfied.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify
it through MOD CELLCAC.

3-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


3 Admission Control Parameters

3.6 AMR Voice Downlink Threshold for Conversation


Service
The downlink threshold for the conversation service is used for the downlink admission of
conversation service users.

Parameter ID
DlConvAMRThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range


0 to 1, step 0.01

Parameter Setting
The default value is 80.

Based on the current NodeB transmit power of the system and the service properties of the call
requesting for admission in the current system, the downlink admission control algorithm
predicts the value of the NodeB transmit power of the system after the new call is admitted, uses
the sum of the predicted value of the NodeB transmit power and the reserved power of the
common channel as the predicted value of new downlink load, and compares it with the downlink
load threshold. If the predicted load value is not bigger than the downlink load threshold, the
call will be admitted; otherwise it will be rejected.

The downlink load thresholds include this parameter, downlink threshold for conversation
non-AMR service, downlink threshold for other services. This is mainly to satisfy the
operator’s requirement to limit the proportion of the conversation and other services in the cell.
This practice can also ensure the priorities of conversation service access.

Impact on the Network Performance


The setting of this parameter is related to settings of cell radius and the maximum cell transmit
power.

l If it is too high, the downlink coverage of the cell will be reduced, the neighboring cells
will be interfered seriously, and system stability will be affected when cell coverage is very
small;
l If it is too low, the system resources will be idled, and the target capacity of the network
planning cannot be satisfied.

This parameter, downlink threshold for conversation non-AMR service, downlink threshold
for other services and downlink handover admission threshold should be considered together
with the network planning result.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-9


3 Admission Control Parameters

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify
it through MOD CELLCAC.

3.7 Non AMR Voice Downlink Threshold of Conversation


Service
It is the downlink threshold of non AMR voice in the conversation service and used for downlink
admission for non AMR voice user in the conversation service.

Parameter ID
DlConvNonAMRThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range


0 to 1, step 0.01

Parameter Setting
The default value is 80.

The downlink admission control algorithm predicts the BS transmit power value of the system
after admission of new call according to the BS transmit power of the current system and the
service feature of admission request call. It uses the sum of the predicted value of BS transmit
power and the reserved power of public channel as the new downlink load predicted value, and
compares it with the downlink load threshold (it is the downlink load basic threshold generally,
and it is the downlink load handover threshold at handover application). If the load predicted
value is not bigger than the downlink load threshold, this call is admitted, or else it is rejected.

Downlink load thresholds include this parameter, AMR voice downlink threshold of
conversation service and Downlink thresholds of other services. It is to satisfy the carrier’s
requirement for restricting the proportion of voice to other services in cell. This method is also
used to ensure the priority of voice service access.

Impact on the Network Performance


The value of this parameter is related with setting of the cell radius and maximum transmit power
of the cell.

l If the parameter is set too high, the downlink coverage of cell will be reduced, and a bigger
interference will be generated against the neighboring cell. When cell converge is rather
small, the system stability will also be affected.
l If the value is set too low, system resources will be left idle, and the target capacity of
network optimization cannot be achieved.

3-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


3 Admission Control Parameters

This parameter, AMR voice downlink threshold of conversation service, Downlink


thresholds of other services and Downlink handover admission threshold should be
considered together with the planning result of network optimization.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify
it through MOD CELLCAC.

3.8 Downlink Threshold for Other Services


This parameter is the downlink threshold for services other than the conversation service. It is
used for downlink admission of users of other services.

Parameter ID
DlOtherThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range


0 to 1, step 0.01

Parameter Setting
The default value is 75.

For the description of this parameter, refer to 3.6 AMR Voice Downlink Threshold for
Conversation Service.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If this parameter is too high, the downlink coverage of the cell will be reduced, the
neighboring cells will be interfered seriously, and the system stability will be influenced
when the cell coverage is small;
l If it is too low, the system resources will be idled, and the target capacity of the network
planning cannot be satisfied.

This parameter, downlink threshold for conversation service and downlink handover
admission threshold should be considered together with the network planning results.

Note that, if the DCCC switch is turned on in the 1.5 algorithm, the admission algorithm at initial
admission is judged in accordance with the initial access rate for all the PS BE services with the
maximum expected rate bigger than the parameter initial access rate. If admission of the initial
access rate cannot be accepted, the RNC will start the initial rate negotiation process in
intelligent admission. If the RNC admission at a rate grade under the initial access rate is
acceptable, the user will use this rate for access, but its maximum expected rate is not changed,
which is the biggest difference from adoption of the RNC and the CN negotiation method in
v1.3.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-11


3 Admission Control Parameters

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify
it through MOD CELLCAC.

3.9 Uplink Handover Admission Threshold


The uplink handover threshold is used for uplink admission of handover users. The parameter
is only useful for uplink inter-frequency handover. Do not do the admission judgment in the
uplink soft handover.

Parameter ID
UlHOThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range


0 to 100%, step 1%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 80.

Based on the current load factor of the system and the service properties of the call requesting
for admission, the uplink admission control algorithm predicts the system load factor after the
new service is admitted, uses the sum of the predicted value of the load factor and the uplink
load factor of the common channel as the predicted value of the new load factor, and compares
the predicted load factor value with the load factor threshold. If the predicted load factor value
is not bigger than the load factor threshold, the call will be admitted; otherwise it will be rejected.

The uplink load thresholds include this parameter, uplink threshold for other services and
uplink threshold for conversation services. According to the relations among these three
parameters, the proportions of the conversation service and other services in the cell can be
limited. These parameters can also be used to guarantee the priority of the handover users and
the conversation service access. Uplink handover admission threshold must be smaller than
uplink OLC trigger threshold for smart load control.

This parameter is to reserve resources for handover and to ensure the handover performance;
the value of this parameter must be bigger than uplink threshold for conversation services.

This parameter has effects only on inter-frequency handover; it has no influence on intra-
frequency handover.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If this parameter is too high, the system load after admission will probably be too high,
which will influence the system stability and result in the system congestion;
l If it is too low, there will be a bigger probability that users are rejected, and some resources
will be idled and wasted.

3-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


3 Admission Control Parameters

This parameter should be considered together with the uplink threshold for the conversation
service and the uplink thresholds for other services.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify
it through MOD CELLCAC.

3.10 Downlink Handover Admission Threshold


The handover downlink threshold is used for downlink admission of handover users.

Parameter ID
DlHOThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range


0 to 100%, step 1%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 85.

Based on the current NodeB transmit power of the system and the service properties of the call
requesting for admission, the downlink admission control algorithm predicts the value of the
NodeB transmit power of the system after the new handover is admitted, uses the sum of the
predicted value of the NodeB transmit power and the reserved power of the common channel
as the predicted value of the new downlink load, and compares it with the downlink load
threshold. If the predicted load value is not bigger than the downlink load threshold, the call will
be admitted; otherwise it will be rejected.

This parameter is used to reserve resources for handover and to ensure the handover performance.

The downlink handover admission threshold must be lower than congestion control
measurement threshold 1 (LCCMRThd1), and must not be lower than downlink threshold for
conversation service.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If this parameter is too high, the downlink coverage of the cell will be reduced, the
neighboring cells will be interfered seriously, and the system stability will be influenced
when the cell coverage is very small;
l If it is too low, the system resources will be idled.

This parameter should be considered together with downlink threshold for conversation
service and downlink threshold for other services.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 3-13


3 Admission Control Parameters

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify
it through MOD CELLCAC.

3-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


4 Load Control Paramters

4 Load Control Paramters

About This Chapter

Load control is another very important function in WCDMA system. It maintains the system
load within the normal range to ensure that the system’s overall QoS is in the normal range. The
load control includes LDR and OLC.

4.1 Cell Load Reshuffling (LDR) Algorithm Parameters


The common configurable cell load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm parameters are listed here.
4.2 Cell Overload Congestion Control (OLC) Algorithm Paramters
The common configurable smart load control parameters are listed here.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-1


4 Load Control Paramters

4.1 Cell Load Reshuffling (LDR) Algorithm Parameters


The common configurable cell load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm parameters are listed here.

Table 4-1 List of cell load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm parameters


Parameter ID Parameter Default Relative Level
Meaning Value Command

ULLDR Uplink/ OFF Set:ADD Cell


DLLDR Downlink CELLALGOSWIT
LDR CH\NBMSwitch
Algorithm Query:LST
Switches CELLALGOSWIT
CH
Modify:MOD
CELLALGOSWIT
CH\NBMSwitch

LdrPeriodTimerLen LDR Period 10 Set or Modify:SET RNC


Timer Length LDCPERIOD
Query:LST
LDCPERIOD

UlLdrTrigThd Uplink or UlLdrTrigThd: Set:ADD Cell


UlLdrRelThd Downlink 55% CELLLDM
LDR Trigger DlLdrTrigThd: Query:LST
DlLdrTrigThd and Release 55% CELLLDM
DlLdrRelThd Threshold
UlLdrRelThd: Modify:MOD
45% CELLLDM
DlLdrRelThd:
45%

UlLdrFirstAction Uplink or ULLDRFirstA Set:ADD Cell


UlLdrSecondAction Downlink ction and CELLLDR
LDR Action DLLDRFirstA Query:LST
UlLdrThirdAction ction:INTERF CELLLDR
UlLdrFourthAction REQLDHO
Modify:MOD
UlLdrFifthAction ULLDRSecond CELLLDR
Action and
UlLdrSixthAction DLLDRSecond
DlLdrFirstAction Action:BERAT
ERED
DLLDRSecondActio
n Other: NOACT
DLLDRThirdAction
DLLDRFourthActio
n
DLLDRFifthAction

4-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


4 Load Control Paramters

Parameter ID Parameter Default Relative Level


Meaning Value Command

DlLdrSixthAction

UlLdrBERateReduc- Number of ULLDRCSInte


tionRabNum Users rRATHOUser
UlLdrPsRTQosRene- Processed by Num:3
gRabNum Uplink/ DLLDRCSInte
Downlink rRATHOUser
UlLdrCSInterRatHO LDR Action
UserNum Num:3
UlLdrPSInterRatHO Other:1
UserNum
UlLdrAMRRateRedu
ctionRabNum
DlLdrBERateReduc-
tionRabNum
DlLdrPsRTQosRene-
gRabNum
DlLdrCSInterRatHO
UserNum
DlLdrPSInterRatHO
UserNum
DlLdrAMRRateRedu
ctionRabNum

UlInterFreqHoCell- UL or DL 20
LoadSpaceThd Inter-
DlInterFreqHoCell- frequency cell
LoadSpaceThd load handover
load space
threshold

UlInterFreqHoBWTh UL or DL 20000
d Inter-
DlInterFreqHoBWTh Frequency cell
d load handover
maximum
bound width

4.1.1 Uplink and Downlink LDR Algorithm Switches


Used to open or close the uplink/downlink preliminary congestion control algorithm (LDR). The
uplink LDR algorithm switch is ULLDR and the downlink one is DLLDR.
4.1.2 LDR Period Timer Length
When preliminary congestion happens, the LDM (Load Monitoring) module sends period of
preliminary congestion instruction (i.e., LDR execution period) to LDR.
4.1.3 Uplink or Downlink LDR Trigger and Release Threshold
This set of parameters determines the threshold for the uplink and downlink load exceeding
which the uplink/downlink enters preliminary congestion status and the threshold within which
the uplink and downlink is released from preliminary congestion status. The uplink trigger and

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-3


4 Load Control Paramters

release thresholds are UlLdrTrigThd and UlLdrRelThd and the downlink trigger and release
thresholds are DlLdrTrigThd and DlLdrRelThd.
4.1.4 Uplink or Downlink LDR Action
This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplink/downlink LDR. Uplink
LDR includes UlLdrFirstAction, UlLdrSecondAction, UlLdrThirdAction, UlLdrFourthAction,
UlLdrFifthAction, UlLdrSixthAction. Downlink LDR includes DlLdrFirstAction,
DLLDRSecondAction, DLLDRThirdAction, DLLDRFourthAction, DLLDRFifthAction,
DlLdrSixthAction.
4.1.5 Number of Users Processed by Uplink/Downlink LDR Action
This set of parameters specifies the number of users to be processed by uplink LDR action or
downlink LDR action. It includes UL and DL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number
(UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum and DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum), UL and DL LDR un-
ctrl RT Qos re-nego RAB num (UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum and
DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum), UL and DL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number
(UlLdrCSInterRatHOUserNum and DlLdrCSInterRatHOUserNum), UL and DL LDR PS inter-
rat ho user number (UlLdrPSInterRatHOUserNum and DlLdrPSInterRatHOUserNum), UL and
DL LDR-AMR rate reduction RAB number (UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum and
DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum).
4.1.6 Uplink and Downlink Inter-frequency Cell Load Handover Load Space Threshold
Inter-frequency load handover happens only when the current load space of the target cell is
higher than this parameter setting. This parameter value is relative to target cell LDR threshold.
For uplink, the threshold is UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd, for downlink, the threshold is
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd.
4.1.7 Uplink and Downlink Inter-Frequency Cell Load Handover Maximum Band Width
During inter–frequency load handover, the UE is selected as the target of inter–frequency load
handover from the UE set where the bound width is less than this threshold. For uplink, the
threshold is UlInterFreqHoBWThd, For downlink, the threshold is DlInterFreqHoBWThd.

4.1.1 Uplink and Downlink LDR Algorithm Switches


Used to open or close the uplink/downlink preliminary congestion control algorithm (LDR). The
uplink LDR algorithm switch is ULLDR and the downlink one is DLLDR.

Parameter ID
ULLDR
DLLDR

Value Range
On, Off

Physical Value Range


On, Off

Parameter Setting
The default status of both switches is OFF.
The preliminary congestion is a transition status. For the uplink, it means the uplink interference
is close to the admission threshold; for the downlink, it means the cell’s downlink transmit power

4-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


4 Load Control Paramters

is close to the admission threshold and the call refusal rate will increase significantly. The
preliminary congestion algorithm’s control objective is to slowly lower the cell load within the
admission threshold, to obtain higher call success rate at the cost of sacrificing the QoS of the
low–priority users, and to balance the inter–cell load (through inter–frequency load handover).
Since most of the LDR actions (except inter–frequency load handover) affect QoS, it is desirable
to set the algorithm switch to default OFF at the preliminary stage of the network construction
when user feelings are important.
Notice that the uplink LDR algorithm switch and downlink LDR algorithm switch are set
separately.

Impact on the Network Performance


The preliminary congestion control algorithm improves the admission success rate but decreases
QoS.

Relevant Commands
Set uplink or downlink LDR algorithm switch through the parameter NBMSwitch by executing
ADD CELLALGOSWITCH, query it through LST CELLALGOSWITCH, and modify it
through the parameter NBMSwitch by executing MOD CELLALGOSWITCH.

4.1.2 LDR Period Timer Length


When preliminary congestion happens, the LDM (Load Monitoring) module sends period of
preliminary congestion instruction (i.e., LDR execution period) to LDR.

Parameter ID
LdrPeriodTimerLen

Value Range
1 to 86400

Physical Value Range


1 to 86400s, step 1s

Parameter Setting
Default value is 10.
Unlike OLC control mechanism, LDR itself has no action timer and relies on LDM’s sending
congestion instruction periodically to trigger. This mechanism originates from the initial
algorithm that tends to use period report control for LDR and time report control for OLC.

Impact on the Network Performance


The smaller the parameter value is, the more frequently LDR action is executed, in which case
the load can be decreased quickly. However, if the value is too low, an LDR action may overlap
the previous one before the result of the previous one is displayed in LDM. The larger the value,
the more likely this problem can be prevented. If the value is set too large, the LDR action may
be executed very rarely, failing to reach the expected purpose of lowering the load timely.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-5


4 Load Control Paramters

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through SET LDCPERIOD and query it through LST LDCPERIOD.

4.1.3 Uplink or Downlink LDR Trigger and Release Threshold


This set of parameters determines the threshold for the uplink and downlink load exceeding
which the uplink/downlink enters preliminary congestion status and the threshold within which
the uplink and downlink is released from preliminary congestion status. The uplink trigger and
release thresholds are UlLdrTrigThd and UlLdrRelThd and the downlink trigger and release
thresholds are DlLdrTrigThd and DlLdrRelThd.

Parameter ID
UlLdrTrigThd

UlLdrRelThd

DlLdrTrigThd

DlLdrRelThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range


0 to 100%, step 1%

Parameter Setting
ULLDRTrigThd is 55 and ULLDRRelThd is 45 by default, DLLDRTrigThd is 70 and
DLLDRRelThd is 60 by default.

The uplink/downlink LDR trigger thresholds must be greater than uplink/downlink LDR release
thresholds.

When uplink/downlink preliminary congestion status is triggered, the uplink/downlink LDR


action will be started. LDR control objective is to preserve space for admission to increase the
success rate. Therefore under the current policy, the LDR trigger threshold shall be so set that
the congestion is less than or close to the concerned admission threshold index.

Impact on the Network Performance


The smaller the LDR trigger threshold and release threshold, the easier the system is in
preliminary congestion status, the harder it is released from this status, the easier the LDR action
happens, and the more likely the users are affected. However, since the resources are preserved,
the admission success rate becomes higher. The carrier shall make tradeoff between these factors.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM, query it through LST CELLLDM, and modify
it through MOD CELLLDM.

4-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


4 Load Control Paramters

4.1.4 Uplink or Downlink LDR Action


This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplink/downlink LDR. Uplink
LDR includes UlLdrFirstAction, UlLdrSecondAction, UlLdrThirdAction, UlLdrFourthAction,
UlLdrFifthAction, UlLdrSixthAction. Downlink LDR includes DlLdrFirstAction,
DLLDRSecondAction, DLLDRThirdAction, DLLDRFourthAction, DLLDRFifthAction,
DlLdrSixthAction.

Parameter ID
UlLdrFirstAction
UlLdrSecondAction
UlLdrThirdAction
UlLdrFourthAction
UlLdrFifthAction
UlLdrSixthAction
DlLdrFirstAction
DLLDRSecondAction
DLLDRThirdAction
DLLDRFourthAction
DLLDRFifthAction
DlLdrSixthAction

Value Range
NOACT
INTERFREQLDHO
BERATERED
QOSRENEGO
CSINTERRATLDHO
PSINTERRATLDHO
AMRRATERED

Physical Value Range


NOACT: NO ACTION
INTERFREQLDHO: INTER-FREQ LOAD HANDOVER
BERATERED: BE TRAFF RATE REDUCTION
QOSRENEGO: UNCONTROLLED REAL-TIME TRAFF QOS RE-NEGOTIATION
CSINTERRATLDHO: CS DOMAIN INTER-RAT LOAD HANDOVER

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-7


4 Load Control Paramters

PSINTERRATLDHO: PS DOMAIN INTER-RAT LOAD HANDOVER

AMRRATERED: AMR TRAFF RATE REDUCTION

Parameter Setting
The default value for UlLdrFirstAction or DlLdrFirstAction is INTERFREQLDHO,
UlLdrSecondAction or DlLdrSecondAction is BERATERED,the other is NOACT.

Executing LDR according to the sequence configured. It will execute next action if the last action
fails to execute. When certain action was executed successfully, or its value is NOACT, or all
the six action have been executed, LDR is end and will wait for next LDR.

Impact on the Network Performance


None

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR, query it through LST CELLLDR, and modify it
through MOD CELLLDR.

4.1.5 Number of Users Processed by Uplink/Downlink LDR Action


This set of parameters specifies the number of users to be processed by uplink LDR action or
downlink LDR action. It includes UL and DL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number
(UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum and DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum), UL and DL LDR un-
ctrl RT Qos re-nego RAB num (UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum and
DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum), UL and DL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number
(UlLdrCSInterRatHOUserNum and DlLdrCSInterRatHOUserNum), UL and DL LDR PS inter-
rat ho user number (UlLdrPSInterRatHOUserNum and DlLdrPSInterRatHOUserNum), UL and
DL LDR-AMR rate reduction RAB number (UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum and
DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum).

Parameter ID
UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum

UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum

UlLdrCSInterRatHOUserNum

UlLdrPSInterRatHOUserNum

UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum

DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum

DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum

DlLdrCSInterRatHOUserNum

DlLdrPSInterRatHOUserNum

DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum

4-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


4 Load Control Paramters

Value Range
1 to 10

Physical Value Range


Null

Parameter Setting
ULLDRBERateReductionUserNum and DLLDRBERateReductionUserNum are 1 by default.
ULLDRPSRTQosRenegUserNum and DLLDRPSRTQosRenegUserNum are 1 by default.
ULLDRCSInterRATHOUserNum and DLLDRCSInterRATHOUserNum are 3 by default.
ULLDRPSInterRATHOUserNum and DLLDRPSInterRATHOUserNum are 1 by default.
UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum and DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum are 1 by default.

Impact on the Network Performance


The larger these parameters are, the more obviously the current cell’s load is reduced. Its cost
is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell. The smaller
these parameters are, the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR. Its benefit is that
the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR, query it through LST CELLLDR, and modify it
through MOD CELLLDR.

4.1.6 Uplink and Downlink Inter-frequency Cell Load Handover


Load Space Threshold
Inter-frequency load handover happens only when the current load space of the target cell is
higher than this parameter setting. This parameter value is relative to target cell LDR threshold.
For uplink, the threshold is UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd, for downlink, the threshold is
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd.

Parameter ID
UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range


0 to 100%, step 1%

Parameter Setting
Default value is 20.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-9


4 Load Control Paramters

Impact on the Network Performance


The smaller this parameter value is, the easier it is to find qualified target cell for blind handover.
However, too low value easily makes the target cell enter congestion status. The larger the value,
the more difficult for the inter–frequency blind handover to happen and the easier to guarantee
the stability of the target cell.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR, query it through LST CELLLDR, and modify it
through MOD CELLLDR.

4.1.7 Uplink and Downlink Inter-Frequency Cell Load Handover


Maximum Band Width
During inter–frequency load handover, the UE is selected as the target of inter–frequency load
handover from the UE set where the bound width is less than this threshold. For uplink, the
threshold is UlInterFreqHoBWThd, For downlink, the threshold is DlInterFreqHoBWThd.

Parameter ID
UlInterFreqHoBWThd

DlInterFreqHoBWThd

Value Range
0 to 400000

Physical Value Range


0 to 400000bps

Parameter Setting
Default value is 200000bps.

The uplink and downlink share this parameter to execute the inter–frequency load handover.

During the uplink/downlink inter–frequency load handover, a user in the current cell (the number
of users is not changeable) is selected and blind handover to the target cell to reduce the current
cell’s load and to indirectly balance the loads between the inter–frequency cells. To select a user,
the users are sorted according to the bound width. The user who is less than this parameter value
is selected to trigger the inter–frequency load handover.

Impact on the Network Performance


The larger the parameter value is, the higher the service rate of the user who is handover and the
more obviously the cell load is decreased. But large value gives rise to fluctuation and congestion
of the target cell’s load. The smaller the parameter value is, the smaller the amplitude of the load
decreased as a result of the inter–frequency load handover and the easier to maintain the stability
of the target cell’s load.

4-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


4 Load Control Paramters

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR, query it through LST CELLLDR, and modify it
through MOD CELLLDR.

4.2 Cell Overload Congestion Control (OLC) Algorithm


Paramters
The common configurable smart load control parameters are listed here.

Table 4-2 List of smart load control parameters


Parameter ID Parameter Default Relative Command Le
Meaning Value vel

ULOLC Uplink/Downlink Off Set: ADD CE


DLOLC OLC Algorithm CELLALGOSWIT LL
Switch CH \NBMSwitch
Query: LST
CELLALGOSWIT
CH
Modify: MOD
CELLALGOSWIT
CH \NBMSwitch

OlcPeriodTimerLen OLC period timer 1000, that is, Set or Modify: SET RN
length 1s LDCPERIOD C
Query: LST
LDCPERIOD

UlOlcTrigThd,DlOl Uplink or UlOlcTrigTh Set: ADD Cel


cTrigThd Downlink OLC d: 75% CELLLDM l
UlOlcRelThd,DlOlc Trigger Threshold DlOlcTrigTh Query: LST
RelThd and Release d: 75% CELLLDM
Threshold
UlOlcRelThd Modify: MOD
: 70% CELLLDM
DlOlcRelThd
: 70%

UlOlcFTFRstrctTim Uplink or 3 Set: ADD


es Downlink OLC CELLOLC
DlOlcFTFRstrctTim Fast TF Restriction Query: LST
es Times CELLOLC
Modify: MOD
UlOlcFTFRstrctRab Uplink or 3
CELLOLC
Num Downlink OLC
DlOlcFTFRstrctRab Fast TF Restrict
Num RAB Number

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-11


4 Load Control Paramters

Parameter ID Parameter Default Relative Command Le


Meaning Value vel

RateRstrctTimerLen OLC fast TF RateRstrctTi


RateRecoverTimer- restrict data rate merLen:3000
Len restrict timer length (3s)
and recover timer RateRecover
length TimerLen:
5000(5s)

RateRstrctCoef OLC fast TF 68, that is,


restrict data rate 68%
restrict coefficient

UlOlcTraffRelRab- Uplink or 1
Num Downlink Release
DlOlcTraffRelRab- RABs Number
Num

4.2.1 Uplink and Downlink OLC Algorithm Switch


Used to open or close uplink/downlink overload control algorithm. The uplink OLC algorithm
switch is ULOLC and the downlink OLC algorithm switch is DLOLC.
4.2.2 OLC Period Timer Length
This parameter is the period of the OLC timer. When this period is up, OLC executes once and
then restarts automatically. The period of the timer is the period of the OLC action. The uplink
OLC and downlink OLC share the same timer.
4.2.3 Uplink and Downlink OLC Trigger Threshold and Release Threshold
This set of parameters determine the threshold exceeding which the uplink/downlink load enters
overload status and the threshold within which the uplink/downlink load is released from
overload status. The uplink trigger and release thresholds are UlOlcTrigThd and UlOlcRelThd.
The downlink trigger and release threshold are DlOlcTrigThd and DlOlcRelThd.
4.2.4 Uplink and Downlink OLC Fast TF Restriction Times
Uplink/downlink OLC action threshold, meaning the times of uplink/downlink OLC fast TF
restrictions that are executed. The uplink parameter is UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes and the downlink
parameter is DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes.
4.2.5 Uplink and Downlink OLC Fast TF Restrict RAB Number
This set of parameters means the number of RABs selected for one uplink or downlink OLC
fast TF restriction. The uplink parameter is UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum and the downlink
parameter is UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum.
4.2.6 OLC Fast TF Restrict Data Rate Restrict Timer Length And Recover Timer Length
RateRstrctTimerLen specifies the period for MAC to apply TF restriction on BE users in a
downlink fast TF restriction. RateRecoverTimerLen specifies the period for MAC to apply TF
recovery on BE users when the downlink overload is released.
4.2.7 OLC Fast TF Restrict Data Rate Restrict Coefficient
OLC fast TF restriction rate coefficient means the degree of the rate restriction.
4.2.8 Uplink and Downlink Release RABs Number

4-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


4 Load Control Paramters

This set of parameters means number of users released in an uplink/downlink OLC release action.
The uplink parameter is UlOlcTraffRelRabNum and the downlink parameter is
DlOlcTraffRelRabNum.

4.2.1 Uplink and Downlink OLC Algorithm Switch


Used to open or close uplink/downlink overload control algorithm. The uplink OLC algorithm
switch is ULOLC and the downlink OLC algorithm switch is DLOLC.

Parameter ID
ULOLC
DLPLC

Value Range
On, Off

Physical Value Range


Null

Parameter Setting
The default status of the two switches is OFF.
When overload happens in the uplink/downlink, the uplink/downlink OLC algorithm can quickly
relieve uplink/downlink load by TF restriction or user release. Cell overload is an emergent
status.
l For the uplink, overload means the cell’s uplink/downlink interference is close to or reaches
the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding, resulting in
call drop;
l For the downlink, overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the
limit and the user’s downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed
because of the BTS power restriction, resulting in call drop.
Therefore overload control (OLC) must be started to quickly lower the cell’s uplink/downlink
load to the reasonable range.
Please notice that the uplink OLC algorithm switch and downlink OLC algorithm switch are set
separately.

Impact on the Network Performance


When OLC is open, it can quickly adjust the cell load but may also cause oscillation of the cell
load and affect the call drop rate.

Relevant Commands
Set uplink or downlink OLC algorithm switch through the parameter NBMSwitch by executing
ADD CELLALGOSWITCH , query it through LST CELLALGOSWITCH , and modify it
through the parameter NBMSwitch by executing MOD CELLALGOSWITCH .

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-13


4 Load Control Paramters

4.2.2 OLC Period Timer Length


This parameter is the period of the OLC timer. When this period is up, OLC executes once and
then restarts automatically. The period of the timer is the period of the OLC action. The uplink
OLC and downlink OLC share the same timer.

Parameter ID
OlcPeriodTimerLen

Value Range
100 to 86400000

Physical Value Range


100ms to 86400s, step 1ms

Parameter Setting
Default value is 1000, i.e., 1s.
In the current overload control algorithm, all the uplink/downlink OLC actions (TF restriction
and user release) are executed in the period of the OLC timer. This parameter along with
ULOLCFTFRstrctUserNum, DLOLCFTFRstrctUserNum, ULOLCFTFRSTRCTTimes,
DLOLCFTFRSTRCTTimes, ULOLCTraffRelUserNum, and DLOLCTraffRelUserNum
determine the time it takes to release the uplink/downlink overload.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If the OLC action period is set too long, the system may respond very slowly to overload;
l If the OLC action period is set too short, unnecessary adjustment may occur before the
previous OLC action has taken effect, thus affecting the system performance.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through SET LDCPERIOD and query it through LST LDCPERIOD.

4.2.3 Uplink and Downlink OLC Trigger Threshold and Release


Threshold
This set of parameters determine the threshold exceeding which the uplink/downlink load enters
overload status and the threshold within which the uplink/downlink load is released from
overload status. The uplink trigger and release thresholds are UlOlcTrigThd and UlOlcRelThd.
The downlink trigger and release threshold are DlOlcTrigThd and DlOlcRelThd.

Parameter ID
UlOlcTrigThd
DlOlcTrigThd
UlOlcRelThd

4-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


4 Load Control Paramters

DlOlcRelThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range


0 to 1, step 0.01

Parameter Setting
UlOlcTrigThd and DlOlcTrigThd are 95 by default. UlOlcRelThd and DlOlcRelThd are 90 by
default.
The uplink/downlink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink/downlink is in
overload status. If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined
times, it means the system is in overload status for a long time. Under this circumstance, if the
cell’s OLC switch is open, the system will perform OLC algorithm, including fast TF restriction
or even user release.
The OLC trigger threshold must be higher than or equal to the OLC release threshold.

Impact on the Network Performance


The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is, the easier the system will be in overload status. Since
OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load, too low value will
be very detrimental to the system performance.
The smaller the OLC release threshold is, the harder for the system to release the overload. Since
the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected, it is desirable to set the two parameters
a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold
is fixed.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM, query it through LST CELLLDM, and modify
it through MOD CELLLDM.

4.2.4 Uplink and Downlink OLC Fast TF Restriction Times


Uplink/downlink OLC action threshold, meaning the times of uplink/downlink OLC fast TF
restrictions that are executed. The uplink parameter is UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes and the downlink
parameter is DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes.

Parameter ID
UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes
DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes

Value Range
0 to 100

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-15


4 Load Control Paramters

Physical Value Range


Null

Parameter Setting
Default values are 3.
When uplink/downlink overload is triggered, the RNC will immediately execute OLC action by
first executing uplink/downlink fast TF restriction. The internal counter is incremented by 1 with
each execution. If the number of overloads does not exceed the OLC action threshold, the system
lowers the BE service rate by lowering TF to try to relieve the overload. Exceeding OLC action
threshold means that the previous operation has no obvious effect on alleviating the overload
and the system has to release users to solve the overload problem.

Impact on the Network Performance


The lower the parameter value, the more likely the users are released, resulting in negative effect
on the system performance. If the parameter value is set too high, the overload status is released
slowly.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLOLC, query it through LST CELLOLC, and modify
it through MOD CELLOLC.

4.2.5 Uplink and Downlink OLC Fast TF Restrict RAB Number


This set of parameters means the number of RABs selected for one uplink or downlink OLC
fast TF restriction. The uplink parameter is UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum and the downlink
parameter is UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum.

Parameter ID
UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum
DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum

Value Range
0 to 10

Physical Value Range


Null

Parameter Setting
Default values are 3.

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the parameter value, the more users involved in fast TF restriction under identical
conditions, the quicker the cell load decreases, and the more users’ QoS affected.

4-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


4 Load Control Paramters

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLOLC, query it through LST CELLOLC, and modify
it through MOD CELLOLC.

4.2.6 OLC Fast TF Restrict Data Rate Restrict Timer Length And
Recover Timer Length
RateRstrctTimerLen specifies the period for MAC to apply TF restriction on BE users in a
downlink fast TF restriction. RateRecoverTimerLen specifies the period for MAC to apply TF
recovery on BE users when the downlink overload is released.

Parameter ID
RateRstrctTimerLen

RateRecoverTimerLen

Value Range
1 to 65535

Physical Value Range


1 to 65535ms

Parameter Setting
Default values: RateRstrctTimerLen 3000, i.e., 3s;RateRecoverTimerLen 5000, i.e., 5s.

Once the MAC layer receives instruction to perform fast TF restriction on a user, it periodically
uses rate restriction coefficient to restrict the maximum available TF of the user until it receives
overload release instruction. Therefore every period specified by RateRstrctTimerLen, apart
from the new OLC-selected users who are TF restricted, the previously selected users are also
fast-TF restricted in an effort to release the overload more quickly. In order to timely adjust the
BE service rate according to the load, the value of RateRstrctTimerLen shall be slightly larger
than the system load response time after rate adjustment and the period of overload detection.

Impact on the Network Performance


The larger RateRstrctTimerLen value is, the slower the BE service rate decreases. The smaller
RateRstrctTimerLen value is, the harder to receive the overload release instruction.

Large RateRecoverTimerLen value leads to slow BE service recovery rate but can prevent
overload from triggering again in short time. Small RateRecoverTimerLen value leads to quick
BE service recovery rate but gives rise to yet more overloads.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLOLC, query it through LST CELLOLC, and modify
it through MOD CELLOLC.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-17


4 Load Control Paramters

4.2.7 OLC Fast TF Restrict Data Rate Restrict Coefficient


OLC fast TF restriction rate coefficient means the degree of the rate restriction.

Parameter ID
RateRstrctCoef

Value Range
1 to 99

Physical Value Range


1 to 99%, step 1%

Parameter Setting
Default value is 68, i.e., 68%.

Impact on the Network Performance


The smaller the parameter value, the more severe the rate is restricted. Too low value may affect
the BE transmission delay. Large value means loose restriction, which may be ineffective in
alleviating the overload.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLOLC, query it through LST CELLOLC, and modify
it through MOD CELLOLC.

4.2.8 Uplink and Downlink Release RABs Number


This set of parameters means number of users released in an uplink/downlink OLC release action.
The uplink parameter is UlOlcTraffRelRabNum and the downlink parameter is
DlOlcTraffRelRabNum.

Parameter ID
UlOlcTraffRelRabNum

DlOlcTraffRelRabNum

Value Range
0 to 10

Physical Value Range


Null

4-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


4 Load Control Paramters

Parameter Setting
Default values are 0.

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the parameter value, the more obvious the cell load decreases at the cost of negatively
affecting user feelings.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLOLC, query it through LST CELLOLC, and modify
it through MOD CELLOLC.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 4-19


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

About This Chapter

The PS Service Rate Control includes dynamic channel configuration, state transfer.

5.1 BE Service Related Threshold Parameters


The common configurable BE service related threshold parameters are listed here.
5.2 Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters
The common configurable dynamic channel configuration parameters are listed here.
5.3 Link Stability Parameters
The common configurable BE service related threshold parameters are listed here.
5.4 State Transfer Parameters
The common configurable state transfer parameters are listed here.
5.5 PS Inactive
The common configurable PS Inactive parameters are listed here.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-1


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

5.1 BE Service Related Threshold Parameters


The common configurable BE service related threshold parameters are listed here.

Table 5-1 List of BE service related threshold parameters


Parameter ID Parameter Default Relative Command Level
Meaning Value

BeBitRateThd BE service D384,that is, Set or Modify:SET RNC


handover rate 384kbps HOCOMM
threshold Query:LST
HOCOMM

UlPsBeGuarRate Uplink and D64 For RNC RNC/


DlPsBeGuarRate Downlink BE Set or Modify:SET Cell
guarantee DCCC
bitrate
Query:LST DCCC
For CELL
Set:ADD
CELLDCCC
Query:LST
CELLDCCC
Modify:MOD
CELLDCCC

UlBeTraffDecThs UpLink and D8 For RNC


DlBeTraffDecThs Downlink BE Set or Modify:SET
traffic DCH FRC
decision
threshold Query:LST FRC
For CELL
Set:ADD CELLFRC
Query:LST
CELLFRC
Modify:MOD
CELLFRC

DlStrThsonHsdpa DL streaming D64 Set or Modify:SET RNC


threshold on FRC
HSDPA Query:LST FRC
DlBeTraffThsOnHsd- DL BE traffic D8
pa threshold on
HSDPA

5.1.1 BE Service Handover Rate Threshold


This parameter is the bit rate threshold which used to determine whether to perform soft handover
for the Best Effort (BE) service on DCH. When the maximum bit rate of the BE service is lower

5-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

than or equal to this threshold, the system will perform soft handover for this user to guarantee
the service quality. If the maximum bit rate of the BE service is higher than the threshold, the
system will perform intra-frequency hard handover for this user to avoid the too great effect of
soft handover on the system capacity.
5.1.2 Uplink and Downlink BE Guarantee Bit Rate
These parameters are the default uplink and downlink BE guarantee bit rate of the cell. In radio
network planning, the bit rate may be supported in whole cell. When fails to get the DCCC
parameters of best cell, default value will be used.In addition, the downlink bit rate of BE service
will be reduced to this bit rate when the DL transmit code power is higher than the threshold of
the event Ea.
5.1.3 UpLink and Downlink BE traffic DCH decision threshold
These parameters are the rate decision threshold of UL and DL PS domain background and
interactive service to be carried on DCH. When the UL service rate is greater than or equal to
this threshold, the service will be set up on DCH; otherwise, on CCH.
5.1.4 DL Streaming Threshold on HSDPA
This parameter is the rate decision threshold of DL PS domain streaming service to be carried
on HS-DSCH. When the maximum DL service rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the
service will be carried on HS-DSCH; otherwise, on DCH.
5.1.5 DL BE Traffic Threshold on HSDPA
This parameter is the rate decision threshold of DL PS domain background/interactive service
to be carried on HS-DSCH. When the maximum DL service rate is greater than or equal to this
threshold, the service will be carried on HS-DSCH; otherwise, on DCH.

5.1.1 BE Service Handover Rate Threshold


This parameter is the bit rate threshold which used to determine whether to perform soft handover
for the Best Effort (BE) service on DCH. When the maximum bit rate of the BE service is lower
than or equal to this threshold, the system will perform soft handover for this user to guarantee
the service quality. If the maximum bit rate of the BE service is higher than the threshold, the
system will perform intra-frequency hard handover for this user to avoid the too great effect of
soft handover on the system capacity.

Parameter ID
BeBitRateThd

Value Range
Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384)

Physical Value Range


Enum (8k, 16k, 32k, 64k, 128k, 144k, 256k, 384k) bit/s

Parameter Setting
The default value is D384.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-3


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the better the QOS of user will probably be. But the resource will
be consumed more.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through SET HOCOMM, and query it through LST HOCOMM.

5.1.2 Uplink and Downlink BE Guarantee Bit Rate


These parameters are the default uplink and downlink BE guarantee bit rate of the cell. In radio
network planning, the bit rate may be supported in whole cell. When fails to get the DCCC
parameters of best cell, default value will be used.In addition, the downlink bit rate of BE service
will be reduced to this bit rate when the DL transmit code power is higher than the threshold of
the event Ea.

Parameter ID
UlPsBeGuarRate

DlPsBeGuarRate

Value Range
Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384)

Physical Value Range


Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384) kbit/s

Parameter Setting
The default value is D64.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the better the QoS of user will probably be. But the resource will
be consumed more.

Relevant Commands
For RNC level, set the parameters through SET DCCC, and query them through LST DCCC.

For cell level, set the parameters through ADD CELLDCCC, and query them through LST
CELLDCCC, and modify them through MOD CELLDCCC.

5.1.3 UpLink and Downlink BE traffic DCH decision threshold


These parameters are the rate decision threshold of UL and DL PS domain background and
interactive service to be carried on DCH. When the UL service rate is greater than or equal to
this threshold, the service will be set up on DCH; otherwise, on CCH.

5-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Parameter ID
UlBeTraffDecThs

DlBeTraffDecThs

Value Range
Enum (D8, D16)

Physical Value Range


Enum (8, 16) kbit/s

Parameter Setting
The default value is D8.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the better the QoS of user will probably be. But the resource will
be consumed more.

Relevant Commands
For RNC level, set the parameters through SET FRC, and query them through LST FRC.

For cell level, set the parameters through ADD CELLFRC, and query them through LST
CELLFRC, and modify them through MOD CELLFRC.

5.1.4 DL Streaming Threshold on HSDPA


This parameter is the rate decision threshold of DL PS domain streaming service to be carried
on HS-DSCH. When the maximum DL service rate is greater than or equal to this threshold, the
service will be carried on HS-DSCH; otherwise, on DCH.

Parameter ID
DlStrThsonHsdpa

Value Range
Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256)

Physical Value Range


Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384, 768, 1024, 1536, 2048) kbit/s

Parameter Setting
The default value is D64.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-5


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance


If the parameter is set too low, it is possibly to lead the capacity of HS-DSCH less than DCH.

Relevant Commands
Set the parameters through SET FRC, and query them through LST FRC.

5.1.5 DL BE Traffic Threshold on HSDPA


This parameter is the rate decision threshold of DL PS domain background/interactive service
to be carried on HS-DSCH. When the maximum DL service rate is greater than or equal to this
threshold, the service will be carried on HS-DSCH; otherwise, on DCH.

Parameter ID
DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa

Value Range
Enum (D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384, D768, D1024, D1536, D2048)

Physical Value Range


Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384, 768, 1024, 1536, 2048) kbit/s

Parameter Setting
The default value is D8.

Impact on the Network Performance


If the parameter is set too high, BE service is easier to bear on DCH, and the system code
utilization rate will decrease.

Relevant Commands
Set the parameters through SET FRC, and query them through LST FRC.

5.2 Dynamic Channel Configuration Parameters


The common configurable dynamic channel configuration parameters are listed here.

Table 5-2 List of dynamic channel configuration parameters

Paramete Parameter Default Value Relative Command Level


r ID Meaning

Event4aTh Traffic Upper D1024,that is, Set: ADD RNC


d Threshold 1024bytes TYPRABDCCCMC

5-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Paramete Parameter Default Value Relative Command Level


r ID Meaning

Event4bTh Traffic Lower D64, that is, Query: LST


d Threshold 64bytes TYPRAB
Modify: MOD
TimetoTri Time to trigger D240, that is,
TYPRABDCCCMC
gger4A Event 4A 240ms

TimetoTri Time to Trigger D5000, that is, 5s


gger4B Event 4B

PendingTi Pending time after D4000, that is, 4s


me4A trigger Event 4A

PendingTi Pending time after D4000, that is, 4s


me4B trigger Event 4B

UlDcccRat Uplink and UL: D64 Set or Modify: SET RNC


eThd Downlink DCCC DL: D32 DCCC
DlDcccRat Rate Thresholds Query: LST DCCC
eThd

UlMidRate Uplink and D128


Thd Downlink Middle
DlMidRate Rate Thresholds
Thd

UlRateAdj Uplink and 2_Rates


Level Downlink Rate
DlRateAdj Adjust Level
Level

LittleRate Low activity bitrate 8kbps


Thd threshold

5.2.1 Traffic Upper Threshold


The premise for 4a event reporting is that the buffer traffic exceeds this threshold.
5.2.2 Traffic Lower Threshold
The premise for 4b event reporting is that the buffered traffic is lower than this threshold.
5.2.3 Time to trigger Event 4A
When buffered traffic is more than 4a threshold and remains there for more than the delay trigger
time, event 4a will be reported.
5.2.4 Time to Trigger Event 4B
When buffered traffic is less than event 4b threshold and remains there for more than the delay
trigger time, 4a/4b event will be reported.
5.2.5 Pending time after trigger Event 4A
After a event 4a is reported, a timer is started. No more event 4a will be reported before the timer
expires.
5.2.6 Pending time after trigger Event 4B

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-7


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

After an event 4b is reported, a timer is started. No more event 4b will be reported before the
timer expires.
5.2.7 Uplink and Downlink DCCC Rate Thresholds
When the maximum uplink/downlink rates requested by the BE service are not bigger than the
uplink/downlink DCCC rate thresholds, channel reconfiguration will not be carried out for the
uplink/downlink services according to the traffic condition.
5.2.8 Uplink and Downlink Middle Rate Thresholds
The parameter is the uplink or downlink middle rate threshold when use 3 rate adjusting in DCCC
and the middle rate calculate method is HAND_APPOINT.
5.2.9 Uplink and Downlink Rate Adjust Level
The parameter is used to judge uplink or downlink 2 rates or 3 rates adjusting in DCCC.
5.2.10 Low activity bitrate threshold
When the PS BE service rate has reduced to the rate threshold of DCCC, but UE can't transfer
to CELL_FACH state for some reasons (for example: PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH is
off; UE has CS service). The PS BE service rate will be reduced to this rate when PS BE service
satisfy the requirement of D2F.

5.2.1 Traffic Upper Threshold


The premise for 4a event reporting is that the buffer traffic exceeds this threshold.

Parameter ID
Event4aThd

Value Range
Enum (D16, D32, D64, D128, D256, D512, D1024, D2k, D3k, D4k, D6k, D8k, D12k, D16k,
D24k, D32k, D48k, D64k, D96k, D128k, D192k, D256k, D384k, D512k, D768k)

Physical Value Range


Enum (16 ,32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2k, 3k, 4k, 6k, 8k, 12k, 16k, 24k, 32k, 48k, 64k, 96k,
128k, 192k, 256k, 384k, 512k, 768k) bytes

Parameter Setting
The default value is D1024. The parameter is set separately in downlink and uplink.

Event 4a: The transmission channel traffic (which is the buffered traffic in DCCC) exceeds an
absolute threshold. When this event occurs, data transmission will be accelerated through the
increase of channel transmission bandwidth.

The setting of the traffic upper threshold is used to check whether there are data to be transmitted.
Therefore, to meet rapidly the requirement of user data transmission, we can configure the
threshold of 4a to a small value; however, it should not be too low, so as to avoid triggering
unnecessary channel reconfiguration to increase the bandwidth while users do not have enough
data to transmit.

5-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the slower the user data transmission rate will probably be; the
smaller it is, the faster the user data transmission rate will probably be. However, if the setting
is too low, the channel bandwidth will be increased while it is unnecessary.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABDCCCMC, and modify it through MOD
TYPRABDCCCMC, and query it through LST TYPRAB.

5.2.2 Traffic Lower Threshold


The premise for 4b event reporting is that the buffered traffic is lower than this threshold.

Parameter ID
Event4bThd

Value Range
Enum (D8, D16,D32, D64, D128,D256, D512, D1024, D2k, D3k, D4k, D6k, D8k, D12k, D16k,
D24k, D32k, D48k, D64k, D96k, D128k, D192k, D256k, D384k, D512k)

Physical Value Range


Enum (8, 16,32, 64, 128,256, 512, 1024, 2k, 3k, 4k, 6k, 8k, 12k, 16k, 24k, 32k, 48k, 64k, 96k,
128k, 192k, 256k, 384k, 512k) bytes

Parameter Setting
The default value is D64. The parameter is set separately in downlink and uplink.

Event 4b: The transmission channel traffic (which is the buffered traffic in DCCC) becomes
lower than an absolute threshold. When this event occurs, the channel transmission bandwidth
will be reduced to avoid waste of resources.

The 4b event is used to check whether the traffic becomes small. When the service transmission
is about to finish, the traffic in the buffer will decrease rapidly until it becomes zero. Therefore,
the 4b event threshold can be configured to a relatively small value. Furthermore, when the
source rate of the service is relatively constant but very low, we can also configure an appropriate
4b threshold so that the low source rate can be detected and the channel bandwidth can be
accordingly reduced. Tests on the FTP service and services with low source rates show that when
the setting of the 4b threshold is slightly bigger than the size of one transmission block, the
detection required for bandwidth reduction for the two kinds of services above can be satisfied.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the more easily the 4b event will be triggered; however, the channel
transmission bandwidth will be reduced, which will probably influence the transmission speed
of the user data.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-9


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABDCCCMC, and modify it through MOD
TYPRABDCCCMC, and query it through LST TYPRAB.

5.2.3 Time to trigger Event 4A


When buffered traffic is more than 4a threshold and remains there for more than the delay trigger
time, event 4a will be reported.

Parameter ID
TimetoTrigger4A

Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280,
D2560, D5000 )

Physical Value Range


Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280,2560,5000 ) ms

Parameter Setting
TimetoTrigger4A is D240 by default, i.e., 240ms. The parameter is set separately in uplink and
downlink.

Time to Trigger for event 4a is to prevent frequent trigger caused by small fluctuation of the
service traffic. It is only for the measurement report of the first trigger event.

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the parameter value, the harder to trigger 4a, in which case it can prevent frequent
adjustment of the BE service rate. However, too high value makes the system respond very
slowly. The smaller the parameter value, the easier to trigger event. However, small value may
trigger events frequently under small fluctuation of the service traffic.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABDCCCMC, and modify it through MOD
TYPRABDCCCMC, and query it through LST TYPRAB.

5.2.4 Time to Trigger Event 4B


When buffered traffic is less than event 4b threshold and remains there for more than the delay
trigger time, 4a/4b event will be reported.

Parameter ID
TimetoTrigger4B

5-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280,
D2560, D5000)

Physical Value Range


Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280,2560,5000 ) ms

Parameter Setting
TimetoTrigger4B is D5000 by default, i.e., 5s. The parameter is set separately in uplink and
downlink.
Time to Trigger for event 4b is to prevent frequent trigger caused by small fluctuation of the
service traffic. It is only for the measurement report of the first trigger event.

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the parameter value, the harder to trigger event 4b, in which case it can prevent
frequent adjustment of the BE service rate. However, too high value makes the system respond
very slowly. The smaller the parameter value, the easier to trigger event. However, small value
may trigger events frequently under small fluctuation of the service traffic.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABDCCCMC, and modify it through MOD
TYPRABDCCCMC, and query it through LST TYPRAB.

5.2.5 Pending time after trigger Event 4A


After a event 4a is reported, a timer is started. No more event 4a will be reported before the timer
expires.

Parameter ID
PendingTime4A

Value Range
Enum (D250, D500, D1k, D2k, D4k, D8k, D16k)

Physical Value Range


Enum (250, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000) ms

Parameter Setting
The default value is D4000, i.e., 4s. The parameter is set separately in unlink and downlink.
The pending time after trigger for event 4a is the timer started after the event measurement report
is triggered. It has two functions: The first is that within the pending time, no more measurement
report will be sent for the same measurement ID even the condition that triggers measurement
report is met; the second is that when the pending timer expires, it judges whether the traffic is

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-11


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

above the upper threshold or under the lower threshold. If yes, it restarts the Time to Trigger for
event 4a timer and won’t report event 4a any more unless the timer expires.

Impact on the Network Performance


The larger the parameter value, the harder to trigger event 4a again. Large value prevents frequent
adjustment of the BE service rate. But too large value can make the system respond very slowly.
The smaller the parameter value, the easier to trigger event again. But too low value may result
in frequent trigger under small fluctuation of the traffic.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABDCCCMC, and modify it through MOD
TYPRABDCCCMC, and query it through LST TYPRAB.

5.2.6 Pending time after trigger Event 4B


After an event 4b is reported, a timer is started. No more event 4b will be reported before the
timer expires.

Parameter ID
PendingTime4B

Value Range
Enum (D250, D500, D1k, D2k, D4k, D8k, D16k)

Physical Value Range


Enum (250, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 16000) ms

Parameter Setting
The default value is D4000, i.e., 4s. The parameter is set separately in unlink and downlink.
The pending time after trigger for event 4b is the timer started after the event measurement report
is triggered. It has two functions: The first is that within the pending time, no more measurement
report will be sent for the same measurement ID even the condition that triggers measurement
report is met; the second is that when the pending timer expires, it judges whether the traffic is
above the upper threshold or under the lower threshold. If yes it restarts the Time to Trigger for
event 4b timer and won’t report event 4b any more unless the timer expires.

Impact on the Network Performance


The larger the parameter value, the harder to trigger event 4b again. Large value prevents frequent
adjustment of the BE service rate. But too large value can make the system respond very slowly.
The smaller the parameter value, the easier to trigger event again. But too low value may result
in frequent trigger under small fluctuation of the traffic.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABDCCCMC, and modify it through MOD
TYPRABDCCCMC, and query it through LST TYPRAB.

5-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

5.2.7 Uplink and Downlink DCCC Rate Thresholds


When the maximum uplink/downlink rates requested by the BE service are not bigger than the
uplink/downlink DCCC rate thresholds, channel reconfiguration will not be carried out for the
uplink/downlink services according to the traffic condition.

Parameter ID
UlDcccRateThd

DlDcccRateThd

Value Range
Enum(D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384)

Physical Value Range


Enum (8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384) kbit/s

Parameter Setting
The default value of UlDCCCRateThd is D64, and the default value of DlDCCCRateThd is D32.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the more difficult the adjustment of the channel bandwidth will be.

Relevant Commands
The RNC-oriented: Set this parameter through SET DCCC and query the parameter through
LST DCCC.

5.2.8 Uplink and Downlink Middle Rate Thresholds


The parameter is the uplink or downlink middle rate threshold when use 3 rate adjusting in DCCC
and the middle rate calculate method is HAND_APPOINT.

Parameter ID
UlMidRateThd

DlMidRateThd

Value Range
Enum(D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384)

Physical Value Range


Enum (16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384) kbit/s

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-13


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Parameter Setting
The default value of UlMidRateThd is D128, and the default value of DlMidRateThd is D128.

Impact on the Network Performance


Null

Relevant Commands
The RNC-oriented: Set this parameter through SET DCCC and query the parameter through
LST DCCC.

5.2.9 Uplink and Downlink Rate Adjust Level


The parameter is used to judge uplink or downlink 2 rates or 3 rates adjusting in DCCC.

Parameter ID
UlRateAdjLevel

DlRateAdjLevel

Value Range
Enum(2_Rates, 3_Rates)

Physical Value Range


Null

Parameter Setting
The default value of UlRateAdjLevel is 2_Rates, and the default value of DlRateAdjLevel is
2_Rates.

Impact on the Network Performance


Null

Relevant Commands
The RNC-oriented: Set this parameter through SET DCCC and query the parameter through
LST DCCC.

5.2.10 Low activity bitrate threshold


When the PS BE service rate has reduced to the rate threshold of DCCC, but UE can't transfer
to CELL_FACH state for some reasons (for example: PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH is
off; UE has CS service). The PS BE service rate will be reduced to this rate when PS BE service
satisfy the requirement of D2F.

5-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Parameter ID
LittleRateThd

Value Range
D8 ~ D384

Physical Value Range


8 ~ 384kbps

Parameter Setting
The default value is 8kbps.

Impact on the Network Performance


Null

Relevant Commands
The RNC-oriented: Set this parameter through SET DCCC and query the parameter through
LST DCCC.

5.3 Link Stability Parameters


The common configurable BE service related threshold parameters are listed here.

Table 5-3 List of BE service related threshold parameters

Parameter ID Parameter Default Relative Command Level


Meaning Value

EventEaThd Event Ea 2 Set or Modify:SET RNC


relative DCCC
threshold Query:LST DCCC
EventEbThd Event Eb 2
relative
threshold

5.3.1 Event Ea Relative Threshold


This parameter together with the maximum transmit power, it determines the event Ea threshold
of the DL DPCCH power.
5.3.2 Event Eb Relative Threshold
This parameter together with the maximum transmit power, it determines the event Eb threshold
of the DL DPCCH power.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-15


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

5.3.1 Event Ea Relative Threshold


This parameter together with the maximum transmit power, it determines the event Ea threshold
of the DL DPCCH power.

Parameter ID
EventEaThd

Value Range
0 ~ 111

Physical Value Range


0 ~ 55.5dB; step: 0.5dB.

Parameter Setting
The default value is 2.

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the parameter is, the lower the absolute threshold for event Ea is, and it is easy to
trigger event Ea and it is useful for link stability. On the other hand, the QOS of planned service
will be influence possibly.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through SET DCCC and query the parameter through LST DCCC.

5.3.2 Event Eb Relative Threshold


This parameter together with the maximum transmit power, it determines the event Eb threshold
of the DL DPCCH power.

Parameter ID
EventEbThd

Value Range
0 ~ 111

Physical Value Range


0 ~ 55.5dB; step: 0.5dB.

Parameter Setting
The default value is 2.

5-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the parameter is, the lower the absolute threshold for event Eb is, and it is difficult
to trigger event Eb.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through SET DCCC and query the parameter through LST DCCC.

5.4 State Transfer Parameters


The common configurable state transfer parameters are listed here.

Table 5-4 List of state transfer parameters


Parameter Parameter Default Value Relative Command Level
ID Meaning

DtoFStateT DCH to FACH 180 s Set or Modify: SET RNC


ransTimer State Transition UESTATETRANS
Timer Query: LST
UESTATETRANS
D2F2PTvm DCH to FACH D64
Thd and FACH to
PCH State
Transition
Traffic 4b
Threshold

FtoPStateTr FACH to PCH 180 s


ansTimer State Transition
Timer

CellReSelec CellReSelectTim 180 s


tTimer er

FtoDTvmT FACH to DCH D1024


hd Traffic Report
Threshold

FtoDTvmTi FACH-to-DCH D240


meToTrig Traffic Time-to-
trigger

5.4.1 DCH to FACH State Transition Timer


This parameter detects whether the users in CELL_DCH are stably in low activity to determine
whether there is a need for state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH.
5.4.2 DCH to FACH / FACH to PCH State Transition Traffic 4b Threshold
It helps to judge whether a user is in low activity state. When a user in CELL_DCH state reports
4b traffic event every time, 1 is added to the low activity detection timer. When a user in
CELL_FACH state reports 4b traffic event every time, 1 is added to the low activity detection
timer when the 4b traffic is 0.
5.4.3 FACH to PCH State Transition Timer

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-17


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

This parameter detects whether the users in CELL_FACH are stably in low activity to determine
whether there is a need for state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH.
5.4.4 Cell ReSelection Timer
This parameter and CellReSelectCounter jointly detect the status of the UE that frequently
performs cell reselection to determine the need for state transition from CELL_FACH to
URA_PCH.
5.4.5 FACH to DCH Traffic Report Threshold
This parameter defines the upper threshold of 4a traffic in the CELL_FACH state to trigger
state transition from FACH to DCH.
5.4.6 FACH to DCH Traffic Time to trigger
For UEs in the CELL_FACH state, after the traffic exceeds the report threshold and the duration
exceeds the time length specified by this parameter, the 4a event report will be triggered, causing
state transition to the CELL_DCH state.

5.4.1 DCH to FACH State Transition Timer


This parameter detects whether the users in CELL_DCH are stably in low activity to determine
whether there is a need for state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH.

Parameter ID
DtoFStateTransTimer

Value Range
1 to 65535

Physical Value Range


1s to 65535s

Parameter Setting
Default value is 180, i.e., 180s.

Configuration of the parameter shall be based on the BE service model. The system judges
whether the users have no data to send for a long time and uses this as condition for state transition
to low activity. Whether the user has data to send can be reflected from the RLC buffered traffic:
If the user has no data to send, the RLC buffered traffic is zero. The traffic 4b event can be
configured to detect low activity.

Within the transition timer period, if there are consecutive 4b event reports and the buffered
service data is detected to be zero and the number of 4b event reports meets preset condition
when the timer expires, it can be said that the service is in low activity.

Impact on the Network Performance


If the parameter value is too low, it would be hard to judge that the user is in relatively stable
low activity status. Too large value may waste specific channel resources.

5-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Relevant Commands
RNC-oriented: Set this parameter through SET UESTATETRANS, and query it through LST
UESTATETRANS .

5.4.2 DCH to FACH / FACH to PCH State Transition Traffic 4b


Threshold
It helps to judge whether a user is in low activity state. When a user in CELL_DCH state reports
4b traffic event every time, 1 is added to the low activity detection timer. When a user in
CELL_FACH state reports 4b traffic event every time, 1 is added to the low activity detection
timer when the 4b traffic is 0.

Parameter ID
D2F2PTvmThd

Value Range
D8–D768K

Physical Value Range


8–768K BYTES

Parameter Setting
Default value is D64, i.e., 64 bytes.

Impact on the Network Performance


None

Relevant Commands
RNC–oriented: Set this parameter through SET UESTATETRANS, and query it through LST
UESTATETRANS.

5.4.3 FACH to PCH State Transition Timer


This parameter detects whether the users in CELL_FACH are stably in low activity to determine
whether there is a need for state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH.

Parameter ID
FtoPStateTransTimer

Value Range
1 to 65535

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-19


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Physical Value Range


1s to 65535s

Parameter Setting
Default value is 180, i.e., 180s.
The principle of state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH is similar to the above-
mentioned state transition from DCH to FACH. But because CELL_PCH does not support
service data transmission, zero traffic event is used to determine the need for transition from
FACH to PCH.

Impact on the Network Performance


If the parameter value is too low, it would be hard to judge that the user is in relatively stable
low activity status. Too large value may waste FACH channel resources.

Relevant Commands
RNC-oriented: Set this parameter through SET UESTATETRANS, and query it through LST
UESTATETRANS .

5.4.4 Cell ReSelection Timer


This parameter and CellReSelectCounter jointly detect the status of the UE that frequently
performs cell reselection to determine the need for state transition from CELL_FACH to
URA_PCH.

Parameter ID
CellReSelectTimer

Value Range
1 to 65535

Physical Value Range


1s to 65535s

Parameter Setting
Default value is 180, i.e., 180s.

Impact on the Network Performance


When the parameter value is too low, it would be hard to judge that the users are in relatively
stable low activity. Too large value may waste specific channel resources.

Relevant Commands
RNC-oriented: Set this parameter through SET UESTATETRANS, and query it through LST
UESTATETRANS .

5-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

5.4.5 FACH to DCH Traffic Report Threshold


This parameter defines the upper threshold of 4a traffic in the CELL_FACH state to trigger
state transition from FACH to DCH.

Parameter ID
FtoDTvmThd

Value Range
Enum (D0, D4, D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D256, D512, D1024, D2k, D4k, D8k, D16k, D32k,
D64k, D128k, D512k, D1024k )

Physical Value Range


Enum ( 0, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2k, 4k, 8k, 16k, 32k, 64k, 128k, 512k, 1024k )
bytes

Parameter Setting
The default value is D1024.

This threshold is set to check whether there is data to be transmitted so that the UE moves to the
CELL_DCH substate. To avoid common channel congestion, this parameter should not be too
high.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the more difficultly state transition will occur. However, if the
setting is too low, it will result in waste of the dedicated channel resources.

Relevant Commands
RNC-oriented: Set this parameter through SET UESTATETRANS, and query it through LST
UESTATETRANS .

5.4.6 FACH to DCH Traffic Time to trigger


For UEs in the CELL_FACH state, after the traffic exceeds the report threshold and the duration
exceeds the time length specified by this parameter, the 4a event report will be triggered, causing
state transition to the CELL_DCH state.

Parameter ID
FtoDTvmTimeToTrig

Value Range
Enum (D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280,
D2560, D5000)

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-21


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Physical Value Range


Enum (0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000 ) ms

Parameter Setting
The default value is D240.
This parameter prevents unnecessary triggering of traffic event due to traffic fluctuation. Too
large value may delay report of event 4a and result in congestion of the common channel.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the more difficultly state transition will occur; the smaller it is, the
more easily the UE will enter the CELL_DCH state, but the more serious influence the traffic
fluctuation will bring.

Relevant Commands
RNC-oriented: Set this parameter through SET UESTATETRANS, and query it through LST
UESTATETRANS .

5.5 PS Inactive
The common configurable PS Inactive parameters are listed here.

Table 5-5 List of PS Inactive parameters

Parameter Parameter Default Value Relative Command Level


ID Meaning

PSINACTT Interactive 20 s Set or Modify: ADD Cell


MRFORIN service T1 PSINACTTIMER
T Query: LST
PSINACTTIMER
PROTECT Interactive 10 s
TMRFORI service T2
NT

PSINACTT Background 20 s
MRFORBA service T1
C

PROTECT Background 10 s
TMRFORB service T2
AC

PSINACTT IMS service T1 20 s


MRFORIM
S

PROTECT IMS service T2 10 s


TMRFORI
MS

5-22 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

5.5.1 Interactive Service T1


When no data to transfer during this timer for PS interactive user, then PDCP requests RRC
layer to release this connection.
5.5.2 Interactive Service T2
If T1 overtime, PDCP layer will request RRC layer to release this service and trigger T2,if this
connection couldn’t be released till to T2 timer overtime, then PDCP layer will apply to release
this connection repeat.
5.5.3 Background Service T1
When no data to transfer during this timer for PS background user, then PDCP will request RRC
layer to release this connection.
5.5.4 Background Service T1
If T1 overtime, PDCP layer will request RRC layer to release this service and trigger T2,if this
connection couldn’t be released till to T2 timer overtime, then PDCP layer will apply to release
this connection repeat.
5.5.5 IMS Service T1
When no data to transfer during this timer for PS IMS user, then PDCP will request RRC layer
to release this connection.
5.5.6 IMS Service T2
If T1 overtime, PDCP layer will request RRC layer to release this service and trigger T2,if this
connection couldn’t be released till to T2 timer overtime, then PDCP layer will apply to release
this connection repeat.

5.5.1 Interactive Service T1


When no data to transfer during this timer for PS interactive user, then PDCP requests RRC
layer to release this connection.

Parameter ID
PSINACTTMRFORINT

Value Range
0 to 255

Physical Value Range


0s to 2550s

Parameter Setting
Default value is 2, i.e., 20s.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the more resource be occupied when no data to transfer; the smaller
it is, the more singling transfer when data transfer unstable.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-23


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Relevant Commands
Cell-oriented: Set this parameter through ADD PSINACTTIMER, and query it through LST
PSINACTTIMER.

5.5.2 Interactive Service T2


If T1 overtime, PDCP layer will request RRC layer to release this service and trigger T2,if this
connection couldn’t be released till to T2 timer overtime, then PDCP layer will apply to release
this connection repeat.

Parameter ID
PROTECTTMRFORINT

Value Range
0 to 60

Physical Value Range


0s to 60s

Parameter Setting
Default value is 10s.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the more long resource occupation time is if the resource couldn’t
be released after T1 overtime; the smaller it is, the more signaling overhead will be if the
connection couldn’t be release due to some special reasons.

Relevant Commands
Cell-oriented: Set this parameter through ADD PSINACTTIMER, and query it through LST
PSINACTTIMER.

5.5.3 Background Service T1


When no data to transfer during this timer for PS background user, then PDCP will request RRC
layer to release this connection.

Parameter ID
PSINACTTMRFORBAC

Value Range
0 to 255

5-24 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Physical Value Range


0s to 2550s

Parameter Setting
Default value is 2, i.e., 20s.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the more resource be occupied when no data to transfer; the smaller
it is, the more singling transfer when data transfer unstable.

Relevant Commands
Cell-oriented: Set this parameter through ADD PSINACTTIMER, and query it through LST
PSINACTTIMER.

5.5.4 Background Service T1


If T1 overtime, PDCP layer will request RRC layer to release this service and trigger T2,if this
connection couldn’t be released till to T2 timer overtime, then PDCP layer will apply to release
this connection repeat.

Parameter ID
PROTECTTMRFORBAC

Value Range
0 to 60

Physical Value Range


0s to 60s

Parameter Setting
Default value is 10s.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the more long resource occupation time is if the resource couldn’t
be released after T1 overtime; the smaller it is, the more signaling overhead will be if the
connection couldn’t be release due to some special reasons.

Relevant Commands
Cell-oriented: Set this parameter through ADD PSINACTTIMER, and query it through LST
PSINACTTIMER.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-25


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

5.5.5 IMS Service T1


When no data to transfer during this timer for PS IMS user, then PDCP will request RRC layer
to release this connection.

Parameter ID
PSINACTTMRFORIMS

Value Range
0 to 255

Physical Value Range


0s to 2550s

Parameter Setting
Default value is 2, i.e., 20s.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the more resource be occupied when no data to transfer; the smaller
it is, the more singling transfer when data transfer unstable.

Relevant Commands
Cell-oriented: Set this parameter through ADD PSINACTTIMER, and query it through LST
PSINACTTIMER.

5.5.6 IMS Service T2


If T1 overtime, PDCP layer will request RRC layer to release this service and trigger T2,if this
connection couldn’t be released till to T2 timer overtime, then PDCP layer will apply to release
this connection repeat.

Parameter ID
PROTECTTMRFORIMS

Value Range
0 to 60

Physical Value Range


0s to 60s

Parameter Setting
Default value is 10s.

5-26 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


5 PS Service Rate Control Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the more long resource occupation time is if the resource couldn’t
be released after T1 overtime; the smaller it is, the more signaling overhead will be if the
connection couldn’t be release due to some special reasons.

Relevant Commands
Cell-oriented: Set this parameter through ADD PSINACTTIMER, and query it through LST
PSINACTTIMER.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 5-27


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

About This Chapter

Special topic parameters include parameters for Cell Channel Power Distribution, paging, RRC
connection setup, synchronization and location updating.

6.1 Cell Channel Power Distribution Parameters


The common configurable cell channel power distribution parameters are listed here.
6.2 Paging Parameters
The common configurable paging parameters are listed here.
6.3 RRC Connection Setup Parameters
The common configurable RRC connection setup parameters are listed here.
6.4 Synchronization Parameters
The common configurable synchronization parameters are listed here.
6.5 Location Update Parameters
The common configurable location update parameters are listed here.
6.6 User Priority Related Parameters
The common configurable user priority related parameters are listed here.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-1


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

6.1 Cell Channel Power Distribution Parameters


The common configurable cell channel power distribution parameters are listed here.

Table 6-1 List of cell channel power distribution parameters


Parameter Parameter Default Relative Command Level
ID Meaning Value

MaxTxPo Maximum 430,that is, ADD CELLSETUP Cell


wer Cell Transmit 43dBm MOD CELLSETUP
Power

PCPICHPo PCPICH 330,that is, ADD PCPICH


wer Transmit 33dBm LST PCPICH
Power
MOD CELL

PSCHPow Transmit -50,that PschPower


er,SSCHPo Power of is,-5dB ADD PSCH
wer PSCH and
SSCH LST PSCH
MOD CELL
SschPower
ADD SSCH
LST SSCH
MOD CELL

BCHPower BCH -20,that ADD BCH


Transmit is,-2dB LST BCH
Power
MOD CELL

MaxFachP Maximum -10,that ADD FACH FACH


ower FACH is,-1dB LST FACH
Transmit
Power MOD SCCPCH

PCHPower PCH Transmit -20 ADD PCH Cell


Power LST PCH
MOD SCCPCH

PICHPowe PICH -7 ADD CHPWROFFSET


rOffset Transmit LST PICH
Power
MOD PICHPWROFFSET

AICHPow AICH -6 ADD CHPWROFFSET


erOffset Transmit LST AICH
Power
MOD AICHPWROFFSET

6.1.1 Maximum Cell Transmit Power

6-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

This parameter is the maximum downlink transmitting power of the NodeB.


6.1.2 PSCH and SSCH Transmit Power
These parameters are the transmit powers of P–SCH and S–SCH in relation to PCPICH.
6.1.3 BCH Transmit Power
This parameter is the transmit power of PCCPCH bearing BCH in relation to PCPICH.
6.1.4 Max. FACH Transmit Power
This parameter defines the maximum FACH transmit power MaxFachPower (In MOD
SCCPCH, the maximum transmit powers of the two FACH channels are respectively
FACH1MaxPower and FACH2MaxPower) in relation to PCPICH.
6.1.5 PCH Transmit Power
This parameter defines the transmit power of the PCH channel in relation to PCPICH.
6.1.6 PICH Transmit Power
This parameter is the transmit power of the PICH channel in relation to PCPICH.
6.1.7 AICH Transmit Power
This parameter defines the transmit power of AICH in relation to PCPICH.

6.1.1 Maximum Cell Transmit Power


This parameter is the maximum downlink transmitting power of the NodeB.

Parameter ID
MaxTxPower

Value Range
0 to 500

Physical Value Range


0 to 50dBm, step 0.1dBm

Parameter Setting
The default value is 430, namely 43dBm.
This parameter defines the sum of the maximum transmit powers of all the downlink channels
in the cell at the same time. It should be set according to the NodeB capability, cell range and
capacity. In the actual configuration, if this value is bigger than the cell report capability, cell
setup will fail. The parameter is decided by network planning.

Impact on the Network Performance


If this parameter is too low, the downlink capacity and the coverage will be limited. However,
it should not exceed the actual processing capability of the NodeB.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLSETUP, and modify it through MOD CELLSETUP.
PCPICH Transmit Power

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-3


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

6.1.2 PSCH and SSCH Transmit Power


These parameters are the transmit powers of P–SCH and S–SCH in relation to PCPICH.

Parameter ID
PSCHPower

SSCHPower

Value Range
–350 to 150

Physical Value Range


–35 to 15dB, step 0.1dB

Parameter Setting
The default value is –50, namely –5dB.

These two parameters can be adjusted through measurement in the actual environment so that
the transmit powers of the synchronization channels just satisfy the UE receiving demodulation
requirement. Specifically, when UEs receive signals at different locations within the range of
the cell, the transmit power should be just enough to ensure that the UE can implement fast
synchronization in most areas at the verge of the cell. Neither PSCH nor SSCH has come through
channel code spectrum spread, so they produce more serious interference than other channels
do, especially for near-end users. Therefore, the value should not be too high.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If the setting of this set of parameters is too low, users at the verge of cells will fail in
network searching, resulting in influence on coverage of the downlink common channel,
which will finally affect cell coverage;
l If the setting is too high, the power resources will be wasted, and other channels will be
interfered seriously, thus the cell capacity will be influenced.

Relevant Commands
For PschPower, set it through ADD PSCH, and query it through LST PSCH; for SschPower,
set it through ADD SSCH, and query it through LST SSCH. After the cell is set up, they can
both be modified through MOD CELL.

6.1.3 BCH Transmit Power


This parameter is the transmit power of PCCPCH bearing BCH in relation to PCPICH.

Parameter ID
BCHPower

6-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Value Range
–350 to 150

Physical Value Range


–35 to 15dB, step 0.1dB

Parameter Setting
The default value is –20, namely –2dB.
This parameter can also be adjusted and optimized through measurement in the actual
environment. When UEs receive signals at different locations within the range of the cell, the
transmit power should be just enough to ensure the correct demodulation of the information
carried on the channel in most areas at the verge of the cell. This setting of this parameter should
not be too high, so as to avoid unnecessary waste of the transmit power.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If the setting of this parameter is too low, the user at the verge of the cell will fail to receive
the system information correctly, and the downlink common channel coverage will be
influenced, which will affect cell coverage;
l If the setting is too high, other channels will be interfered, the power resources will be
occupied, and consequently the cell capacity will be influenced.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD BCH, query it through LST BCH, and modify it through MOD
CELL.

6.1.4 Max. FACH Transmit Power


This parameter defines the maximum FACH transmit power MaxFachPower (In MOD
SCCPCH, the maximum transmit powers of the two FACH channels are respectively
FACH1MaxPower and FACH2MaxPower) in relation to PCPICH.

Parameter ID
MaxFachPower

Value Range
–350 to 150

Physical Value Range


–35 to 15dB, step 0.1dB

Parameter Setting
The default value is 10, namely 1dB.
If the FACH power is too low, the UE will fail to receive the FACH data packets or the UE will
receive error packets in a large portion; if it is too high, the power will be wasted. Set the

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-5


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

maximum FACH transmit power to an appropriate value that is just enough to ensure the target
BLER.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If the setting of this parameter is too low, the UE at the cell verge will fail to receive correctly
the services and signaling borne over the FACH, resulting in influence on the downlink
common channel coverage and the cell coverage;
l If it is too high, other channels will be interfered, the power resources will be occupied,
and consequently the cell capacity will be influenced.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD FACH, query it through LST FACH, and modify it through
MOD SCCPCH.

6.1.5 PCH Transmit Power


This parameter defines the transmit power of the PCH channel in relation to PCPICH.

Parameter ID
PCHPower

Value Range
–350 to 150

Physical Value Range


–35 to 15dB, step 0.1dB

Parameter Setting
The default value of this parameter is –20, namely –2dB.

If the PCH power is too low, the UE will fail to receive the PCH data packets or the UE will
receive error packets, which will probably increase the retransmission times of paging packets,
resulting in the paging failure or the paging delay increase; if it is too high, the power will be
wasted.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If this parameter is too low, the UE at the cell verge will fail to receive paging messages
correctly, and this will influence downlink common channel coverage and cell coverage;
l If it is too high, other channels will be interfered, the downlink transmit power will be
occupied, and consequently the cell capacity will be influenced.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD PCH, query it through LST PCH, and modify it through MOD
SCCPCH.

6-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

6.1.6 PICH Transmit Power


This parameter is the transmit power of the PICH channel in relation to PCPICH.

Parameter ID
PICHPowerOffset

Value Range
–10 to 5

Physical Value Range


–10 to 5dB

Parameter Setting
The default value of this parameter is –7, namely –7dB.

An appropriate transmit power value should be set for PICH to ensure that all the users at the
cell verge can receive the paging indications. However, to avoid power waste, the setting of the
transmit power should not be too high.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If this parameter is too low, the UE at the cell verge will fail to receive paging messages
correctly, which will probably result in mis–operation in reading PCH channel and waste
of the UE battery and affect the downlink common channel coverage and the cell coverage;
l If it is too high, other channels will be interfered, the power resources will be occupied,
and consequently the cell capacity will be influenced.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CHPWROFFSET, query it through LST PICH, and modify
it through MOD PICHPWROFFSET.

6.1.7 AICH Transmit Power


This parameter defines the transmit power of AICH in relation to PCPICH.

Parameter ID
AICHPowerOffset

Value Range
–22 to 5

Physical Value Range


–22 to 5dB

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-7


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Parameter Setting
The default value of this parameter is –6, namely –6dB.
An appropriate transmit power value should be set for AICH to ensure that all users at cell verge
can receive the access indication. However, to avoid waste of the power, the setting of the
transmit power should not be too high.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If this parameter is too low, the UE at the cell verge will fail to receive the capture indication
correctly, which will influence the downlink common channel coverage and the cell
coverage;
l If it is too high, other channels will be interfered, the power resources will be occupied,
and consequently the cell capacity will be influenced.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CHPWROFFSET, query it through LST AICH, and modify
it throughMOD AICHPWROFFSET.

6.2 Paging Parameters


The common configurable paging parameters are listed here.

Table 6-2 List of paging parameters


Parameter Parameter Default Value Relative Command Level
ID Meaning

DRXCycle Paging Cycle 6 Set or Modify: SET RNC


LenCoef Coefficient FRC
MOD CNDOMAIN
Query: LST
CNDOMAIN

MaccPageR Number of page 1 Set or Modify: SET


epeat retransmit WFMRCFGDATA
Query: LST
WFMRCFGDATA

6.2.1 Paging Cycle Coefficient


This parameter is the UTRAN domain discontinuous receiving (DRX) cycle coefficient, and it
is a parameter of paging type 1.
6.2.2 Number of Paging Retransmit
This parameter is the Number of retransmissions of paging message.

6.2.1 Paging Cycle Coefficient


This parameter is the UTRAN domain discontinuous receiving (DRX) cycle coefficient, and it
is a parameter of paging type 1.

6-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Parameter ID
DRXCycleLenCoef

Value Range
3 to 9

Physical Value Range


Null

Parameter Setting
Default value: 6.
In the idle mode, the UE can receive the paging indication in the DRX mode to reduce the power
consumption. In this case, the UE needs to detect only one paging indication in a paging occasion
within each DRX cycle. The DRX cycle length of UTRAN domain is obtained by substituting
this parameter into the formula DRX cycle = 2K × PBP frames. Where, K is the paging cycle
coefficient, and PBP is the number of paging block periods (In the FDD mode, PBP = 1).

Impact on the Network Performance


l If this parameter is too low, the UE will detect the paging channel frequently, and thus the
battery will be consumed fast;
l If it is too high, the UE will react very slowly to paging indications, and the system may
repeatedly page the UE, resulting in increased downlink interference.

Relevant Commands
Set the parameter through SET FRC and ADD CNDOMAIN (modify it through MOD
CNDOMAIN), query it through LST FRC and LST CNDOMAIN.

6.2.2 Number of Paging Retransmit


This parameter is the Number of retransmissions of paging message.

Parameter ID
MaccPageRepeat

Value Range
0 to 2

Physical Value Range


Null

Parameter Setting
Default value: 1.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-9


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

In order to improve the paging success rate, CN and RNC will both repeat paging messages.
However, paging repeat has negative effects: paging repeat will increase the paging quantity,
especially in the condition of downlink common channel congestion at the air interface; paging
repeat will increase the paging quantity by several times, which will waste the downlink channel
resources and cause failure of timely delivery of new paging messages.
In addition, to ensure the paging success rate and paging efficiency at the same time, the number
of CN retransmitting paging messages and the time interval should be considered together with
UTRAN repeat. If UTRAN repeats transmission once, the CN repeat time interval should be
bigger than 2 DRX cycles.
The following principle should be followed: CN should repeat the next paging message after
UTRAN finishes the previous paging message transmission and retransmission. To guarantee
compliance with this principle, such parameters as the number of CN retransmitting, the interval
of repeat, the number of UTRAN retransmitting and the coefficient of DRX cycle length can be
adjusted simultaneously for compliance with this principle.

Impact on the Network Performance


If this parameter is too high, the system will repeatedly page UEs, the downlink common channel
resources will be wasted, and the downlink interference will be increased.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through SET WFMRCFGDATA, and query it through LST
WFMRCFGDATA.

6.3 RRC Connection Setup Parameters


The common configurable RRC connection setup parameters are listed here.

Table 6-3 List of RRC connection setup parameters


Parameter Parameter Default Value Relative Command Level
ID Meaning

T300,N300 Timer T300 and T300:D2000 Set or Modify: SET RNC


Constant N300 N300:3 IDLEMODETIMER
Query: LST
IDLEMODETIMER

6.3.1 T300 and N300


Timer T300 will be started when the UE transmits RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message,
and the timer will be stopped when the UE receives RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
RRC CONNECTION REQUEST will be resent upon the expiry of the timer T300 if V300 is
lower than or equal to N300, else enter idle mode.

6.3.1 T300 and N300


Timer T300 will be started when the UE transmits RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message,
and the timer will be stopped when the UE receives RRC CONNECTION SETUP message.
RRC CONNECTION REQUEST will be resent upon the expiry of the timer T300 if V300 is
lower than or equal to N300, else enter idle mode.

6-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Parameter ID
T300
N300

Value Range
T300: Enum(D100, D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000, D1200, D1400, D1600, D1800, D2000,
D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000);
N300: 0 to 7

Physical Value Range


T300: Enum(100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000,
8000)ms;
N300: Null

Parameter Setting
The default value of T300 is D2000; the default value of N300 is 3.

Impact on the Network Performance


The setting of timer T300 should be considered together with the UE and UTRAN processing
delay and the propagation delay.
l The bigger the setting of timer T300 is, the longer the UE waiting time will be.
l The bigger the setting of N300 is, the higher success probability of the RRC connection
setup will be, and the longer RRC setup time will probably be.
In this case, it will be likely that a UE repeats access attempts and connection setup request
transmission, and consequently other users will be influenced seriously.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through SET IDLEMODETIMER , and query it through LST
IDLEMODETIMER .

6.4 Synchronization Parameters


The common configurable synchronization parameters are listed here.

Table 6-4 List of synchronization parameters

Parameter Parameter Default Value Relative Command Level


ID Meaning

NInsyncInd Number of 5 Set: ADD Cell


Successive In- CELLSETUP
sync Indications Query: LST CELL

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-11


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Parameter Parameter Default Value Relative Command Level


ID Meaning

NOutsyncIn Number of 5 Modify: MOD CELL


d Successive Out-
of-sync
Indications

TRLFailure Radio Link 50


Failure Timer
Duration

N312,T312 N312 and T312 N312:D1 Set or Modify: SET RNC


T312:6 IDLEMODETIMER
Query: LST
IDLEMODETIMER

N313,N315, N313, N315, and N313:D50 Set or Modify: SET


T313 T313 N315:D1 CONNMODETIMER
T313:3 Query: LST
CONNMODETIMER

6.4.1 Number of Successive In-sync Indications


This parameter is the number of successive in-sync indications.
6.4.2 Number of Successive Out-of-sync Indications
This parameter is the number of successive out-of-sync indications.
6.4.3 Radio Link Failure Timer Duration
This parameter is the radio link failure timer duration. This value defines the duration of timer
TRlFailure. When the radio link set is in synchronized state, the NodeB shall start timer
TRlFailure after it receives NOutsyncInd successive out-of-sync indications, and the NodeB
shall stop and reset timer TRlFailure after receiving NInsyncInd successive in-sync indications.
When timer TRlFailure expires, the NodeB will trigger the radio link failure process, and indicate
which radio link set is out-of-sync.
6.4.4 N312 and T312
When the UE starts to set up the dedicated channel, it starts timer T312, and after the UE detects
N312 in-sync indications from L1, it will stop timer T312. Once the timer expires, it means that
the physical channel setup failed.
6.4.5 N313, N315, and T313
After the UE detects N313 successive out-of-sync indications from L1, it will start timer T313.
After the UE detects N315 successive in-sync indications from L1, it will stop timer T313. Once
the timer expires, the radio link fails.

6.4.1 Number of Successive In-sync Indications


This parameter is the number of successive in-sync indications.

Parameter ID
NInsyncInd

6-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Value Range
1 to 256

Physical Value Range


Null

Parameter Setting
The default value is 5.
This parameter defines the number of successive in-sync indications required for the NodeB to
trigger the radio link recovery process. The radio link set remains in the initial state until it
receives NInsyncInd successive in-sync indications from L1, and then the NodeB triggers the
radio link recovery process, which indicates that the radio link set has been synchronized. Once
the radio link recovery process is triggered, the radio link set is considered to be in the
synchronized state.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger this parameter is, the stricter the synchronization process will be, and the more
difficult the synchronization will be; the smaller it is, the easier the synchronization will be.
However, if the link quality is bad, a simple synchronization requirement will lead to waste of
the UE power and increase of uplink interference. In the radio link maintenance process, this
parameter is used together with the successive out-of-sync indication counter.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLSETUP, query it through LST CELL, and modify it
through MOD CELL.

6.4.2 Number of Successive Out-of-sync Indications


This parameter is the number of successive out-of-sync indications.

Parameter ID
NOutsyncInd

Value Range
1 to 256

Physical Value Range


Null

Parameter Setting
The default value is 5.
This value defines the number of successive out-of-sync indications required to receive to start
timer TRlFailure. When the radio link set is in synchronized state, the NodeB will start timer

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-13


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

TRlFailure after it receives NOutsyncInd successive out-of-sync indications. The NodeB shall
stop and reset timer TRlFailure after receiving NInsyncInd successive in-sync indications. When
timer TRlFailure expires, the NodeB will trigger the radio link failure process, and indicate
which radio link set is out-of-sync.

Impact on the Network Performance


If this parameter is too low, the link out-of-sync decision will be likely to occur; if it is too high,
out-of-sync will not be likely to occur, but, if the link quality is bad, it will result in waste of the
UE power and increased uplink interference.

In the radio link maintenance process, this parameter is adopted together with the successive in-
sync indication counter.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLSETUP, query it through LST CELL, and modify it
through MOD CELL.

6.4.3 Radio Link Failure Timer Duration


This parameter is the radio link failure timer duration. This value defines the duration of timer
TRlFailure. When the radio link set is in synchronized state, the NodeB shall start timer
TRlFailure after it receives NOutsyncInd successive out-of-sync indications, and the NodeB
shall stop and reset timer TRlFailure after receiving NInsyncInd successive in-sync indications.
When timer TRlFailure expires, the NodeB will trigger the radio link failure process, and indicate
which radio link set is out-of-sync.

Parameter ID
TRLFailure

Value Range
0 to 255

Physical Value Range


0 to 25.5s, step 0.1s

Parameter Setting
Default value : 50.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If the timer duration is too short, there will few chances for the radio link to get
synchronized;
l If it is too long, the radio link failure process will probably be delayed, and the downlink
interference will be increased.

6-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLSETUP, query it through LST CELL, and modify it
through MOD CELL.

6.4.4 N312 and T312


When the UE starts to set up the dedicated channel, it starts timer T312, and after the UE detects
N312 in-sync indications from L1, it will stop timer T312. Once the timer expires, it means that
the physical channel setup failed.

Parameter ID
N312

T312

Value Range
N312: Enum(D1, D50, D100, D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000)

T312: 1 to 15

Physical Value Range


N312: Enum(1, 50, 100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000);

T312:1 to 15s

Parameter Setting
N312 default value is D1 and T312 default is 6.

Impact on the Network Performance


l The bigger the setting of N312 is, the more difficult the dedicated channel synchronization
will be;
l The longer the duration of timer T312 is, the bigger the synchronization probability will
be, but the longer the synchronization time will be.

Relevant Commands
Idle mode: set it through SET IDLEMODETIMER; query it through LST
IDLEMODETIMER.

Connection mode: set it through SET CONNMODETIMER, query it through LST


CONNMODETIMER.

6.4.5 N313, N315, and T313


After the UE detects N313 successive out-of-sync indications from L1, it will start timer T313.
After the UE detects N315 successive in-sync indications from L1, it will stop timer T313. Once
the timer expires, the radio link fails.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-15


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Parameter ID
N313
N315
T313

Value Range
N313: Enum(D1, D2, D4, D10, D20, D50, D100, D200)
N315:Enum(D1, D2, D4, D10, D20, D50, D100, D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000)
T313:1 to 15

Physical Value Range


N313:Enum(1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200)
N315:Enum(1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000)
T313:1 to 15s

Parameter Setting
The default value of N313 is D50; the default value of N315 is D1; the default value of T313 is
3.

Impact on the Network Performance


l The bigger the setting of N313 is, the more difficult it will be to start timer T313, and the
smaller the out-of-sync probability will be;
l The smaller the setting of N315 is, the longer T313 will be, and the bigger the link recovery
probability will be.
These three parameters should be used in cooperation.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through SET CONNMODETIMER, and query it through LST
CONNMODETIMER.

6.5 Location Update Parameters


The common configurable location update parameters are listed here.

6-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Table 6-5 List of location update parameters

Parameter Parameter Default Value Relative Command Level


ID Meaning

T3212 Periodic 10,that is,1 hour Set: ADD CNDOMAIN RNC


Location Update Query: LST
Timer CNDOMAIN
Modify: MOD
CNDOMAIN

6.5.1 Periodic Location Update Timer


This parameter is the periodic update timing duration.

6.5.1 Periodic Location Update Timer


This parameter is the periodic update timing duration.

Parameter ID
T3212

Value Range
0 to 255

Physical Value Range


0 to 1530mins, step 6mins

Parameter Setting
Default: 10, i.e., 1 hour.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If this parameter is too low, the UE will carry out location update frequently, resulting in
a large number of location update messages on the Uu and Iu interfaces;
l If it is too high, the UE location message will probably not be timely updated.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CNDOMAIN, query it through LST CNDOMAIN, and
modify it through MOD CNDOMAIN.

6.6 User Priority Related Parameters


The common configurable user priority related parameters are listed here.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-17


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Table 6-6 List of user priority related parameters


Parameter ID Parameter Defaul Relative Command Leve
Meaning t Value l

ARP1Priority, User priority of None Set or Modify:SET


ARP2Priority, Allocation/ USERPRIORITY
ARP3Priority, Retension Query:LST
ARP4Priority, priority 1 ~ 14 USERPRIORITY
ARP5Priority,
ARP6Priority,
ARP7Priority,
ARP8Priority,
ARP9Priority,
ARP10Priority,
ARP11Priority,
ARP12Priority,
ARP13Priority,
ARP14Priority

PriorityReference Interate Priority ARP


Configured
Reference

CarrierTypePriorInd Indicator of DCH


Carrier Type
Priority

6.6.1 User Priority of Allocation/Retension Priority 1~14


These parameters are user priority corresponding allocation and retention priority 1 to 14.
6.6.2 Integrate Priority Configured Reference
This parameter uses to set the criterion by which the priority is sorted firstly.
6.6.3 Indicator of Carrier Type Priority
This parameter uses to decide which carrier is prior when ARP and TrafficClass are both
identical.

6.6.1 User Priority of Allocation/Retension Priority 1~14


These parameters are user priority corresponding allocation and retention priority 1 to 14.

Parameter ID
ARP1Priority
ARP2Priority
ARP3Priority
ARP4Priority
ARP5Priority
ARP6Priority
ARP7Priority

6-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

ARP8Priority

ARP9Priority

ARP10Priority

ARP11Priority

ARP12Priority

ARP13Priority

ARP14Priority

Value Range
Gold, Silver, Copper

Physical Value Range


1, 2, 3

Parameter Setting
None

Impact on the Network Performance


None

Relevant Commands
Set and modify the parameters through SET USERPRIORITY, query them throughLST
USERPRIORITY.

6.6.2 Integrate Priority Configured Reference


This parameter uses to set the criterion by which the priority is sorted firstly.

Parameter ID
PriorityReference

Value Range
ARP, TrafficClass

Physical Value Range


1, 2

Parameter Setting
The default value is ARP.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 6-19


6 Miscellaneous Topic Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance


None

Relevant Commands
Set and modify the parameters through SET USERPRIORITY, query them throughLST
USERPRIORITY.

6.6.3 Indicator of Carrier Type Priority


This parameter uses to decide which carrier is prior when ARP and TrafficClass are both
identical.

Parameter ID
CarrierTypePriorInd

Value Range
DCH, HSDPA

Physical Value Range


1, 2

Parameter Setting
The default value is DCH.

Impact on the Network Performance


None

Relevant Commands
Set and modify the parameters through SET USERPRIORITY, query them throughLST
USERPRIORITY.

6-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


7 HSDPA Parameters

7 HSDPA Parameters

About This Chapter

HSDPA parameters are HSDPA power resource management parameters, HSDPA code
resource management algorithm parameters, HSDPA mobility management parameters,
HSDPA direct retry and switch of channel types parameters, and HSDPA Call Admission
Control algorithm parameters.

7.1 HSDPA Power Resource Management Parameters


The three different UE capabilities described here are that the minimum TTI interval for UE to
receive data on HS-PDSCH includes 1/2/3 TTIs. For the default configuration, inside brackets
is physical value while outside brackets is IE value.
7.2 HSDPA Code Resource Management Algorithm Parameters
The common configurable HSDPA code resource management algorithm parameters are listed
here.
7.3 HSDPA Mobility Management Parameters
The common configurable HSDPA mobility management parameters are listed here.
7.4 HSDPA Direct Retry and Switch of Channel Types Parameters
The common configurable HSDPA direct retry and switch of channel types parameters are listed
here.
7.5 HSDPA Admission Control Algorithm
The common configurable HSDPA admission control algorithm parameters are listed here.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-1


7 HSDPA Parameters

7.1 HSDPA Power Resource Management Parameters


The three different UE capabilities described here are that the minimum TTI interval for UE to
receive data on HS-PDSCH includes 1/2/3 TTIs. For the default configuration, inside brackets
is physical value while outside brackets is IE value.

7.1.1 HS-DPCCH Power Management Parameters


The common configurable power control parameters are listed here.
7.1.2 Total Power of HSDPA and Measurement Power Offset Constant
The common configurable total power of HSDPA and measurement power offset constant is
listed here.
7.1.3 CQI Adjustment Algorithm Parameters
The common configurable CQI adjustment algorithm parameters are listed here.

7.1.1 HS-DPCCH Power Management Parameters


The common configurable power control parameters are listed here.

Table 7-1 List of power control parameters


Parameter ID Parameter Default Relative Level
Meaning Value Command

SirTarget Initial SIR Target 112(3dB) Set: ADD Cell


for Reference CELLHSDPCCH
Query: LST
ACKPO1, ACK Power Offset 24/15
CELLHSDPCCH
ACKPO2, 12/15
ACKPO3 Modify: MOD
9/15 CELLHSDPCCH
ACKPO1forSHO ACK Power Offset 24/15
ACKPO2forSHO in Multiple Link
Set
ACKPO3forSHO

NACKPO1 NACK Power 24/15


NACKPO2 Offset 12/15
NACKPO3 9/15

NACKPO1forSHO NACK Power 24/15


NACKPO2forSHO Offset in Multiple
Link Set
NACKPO3forSHO

ACKNACKReF1 ACK/NACK 1
ACKNACKReF2 Repeat Factor 2
ACKNACKReF3 3

7-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


7 HSDPA Parameters

Parameter ID Parameter Default Relative Level


Meaning Value Command

ACKNACKReFfor ACK/NACK 1
SHO Repeat Factor in
Multiple Link Set

CQIPO, CQI Power Offset 24/15


CQIPOforSHO in Single and
Multiple RLS

CQIReF, CQI Repeat Factor 1


CQIReFforSHO in Single and
Multiple RLS

CQIFbCk, CQI Repeat Period D2(2ms)


CQIFbCkforSHO in Single and
Multiple RLS

7.1.1.1 Initial SIR Target for Reference


It is the initial target SIR for refernece (SirTarget). Set the HS-DPCCH power offset according
to SIR Target. If the actual initial SIR Target is inconsistent with the SirTarget, adjust the HS-
DPCCH power offset accordingly. Adjustment proceeds as follows: if the initial SIR Target is
1dB higher than the referene SIR Target, lower the corresponding HS-DPCCH power offset by
1dB. Other adjustments are similar.
7.1.1.2 ACK Power Offset
Set the three parameters respectively. They stands for the ACK power offset for uplink DPCCH
corresponding to three different capabilities of UE in single link set.
7.1.1.3 ACK Power Offset in Multiple Link Set
Set the three parameters respectively. They stands for the ACK power offset for uplink DPCCH
corresponding to three different capabilities of UE in multiple link set.
7.1.1.4 NACK Power Offset
Set the three parameters respectively. They stands for the NACK power offset for uplink DPCCH
corresponding to three different capabilities of UE in single link set.
7.1.1.5 NACK Power Offset in Multiple Link Set
Set the three parameters respectively. They stands for the NACK power offset for uplink DPCCH
corresponding to three different capabilities of UE in multiple link set.
7.1.1.6 ACK/NACK Repeat Factor
Set the three parameters according to three different capabilities of UE. Repeat sending the ACK/
NACK message in continuous multiple HS-DPCCH subframes.
7.1.1.7 ACK/NACK Repeat Factor in Multiple Link Set
During SHO, the UE sends the ACK/NAK message in ACKNACKREFFORSHO subframes
repeatedly.
7.1.1.8 CQI Power Offset in Single and Multiple RLS
Set the two parameters respectively. They are the CQI power offset for uplink DPCCH in single
and multiple RLS.
7.1.1.9 CQI Repeat Factor in Single and Multiple RLS
Set the two parameters respectively. The UE repeats sending CQI in continuous CQIReF and
CQIReFforSHO HS-DPCCH subframes in single and multiple RLS.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-3


7 HSDPA Parameters

7.1.1.10 CQI Repeat Period in Single and Multiple RLS


Set the two parameters respectively. They are the duration of CQI feedback period in single and
multiple RLS, namely, the UE sends CQI every CQIFbCk or CQIFbCkforSHO HS-DPCCH
subframes.

Initial SIR Target for Reference


It is the initial target SIR for refernece (SirTarget). Set the HS-DPCCH power offset according
to SIR Target. If the actual initial SIR Target is inconsistent with the SirTarget, adjust the HS-
DPCCH power offset accordingly. Adjustment proceeds as follows: if the initial SIR Target is
1dB higher than the referene SIR Target, lower the corresponding HS-DPCCH power offset by
1dB. Other adjustments are similar.

Parameter ID
SirTarget

Value Range
0-255

Physical Value Range


-8.2dB to 17.3dB

Parameter Setting
The default value is 112 (3dB), and the step is 0.1dB.

Impact on the Network Performance


Improper configuration of initial SIR Target for reference leads to quantized errors, so it may
affect the network performance.

Relevant Commands
Set it through ADD CELLHSDPCCH. Query it through LST CELLHSDPCCH. Modify it
through MOD CELLHSDPCCH.

ACK Power Offset


Set the three parameters respectively. They stands for the ACK power offset for uplink DPCCH
corresponding to three different capabilities of UE in single link set.

Parameter ID
ACKPO1

ACKPO2

ACKPO3

7-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


7 HSDPA Parameters

Value Range
PO_5/15, PO_6/15, PO_8/15, PO_9/15, PO_12/15, PO_15/15, PO_19/15, PO_24/15, PO_30/15

Physical Value Range


5/15, 6/15, 8/15, 9/15, 12/15, 15/15, 19/15, 24/15, 30/15

Parameter Setting
Set ACKPO1 to 24/15. Set ACKPO2 to 12/15. Set ACKPO to 9/15.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If these parameters are too low, when the UE sends the ACK message in non-SHO state,
the receiver will decode incorrectly with a larger probability, redundant data transmission
will increase, and effective rate will decline.
l If they are too large, the UE will waste more power, and and uplink interference will be
stronger.

Relevant Commands
Set them through ADD CELLHSDPCCH. Query them through LST CELLHSDPCCH.
Modify them through MOD CELLHSDPCCH.

ACK Power Offset in Multiple Link Set


Set the three parameters respectively. They stands for the ACK power offset for uplink DPCCH
corresponding to three different capabilities of UE in multiple link set.

Parameter ID
ACKPO1forSHO
ACKPO2forSHO
ACKPO3forSHO

Value Range
PO_5/15, PO_6/15, PO_8/15, PO_9/15, PO_12/15, PO_15/15, PO_19/15, PO_24/15, PO_30/15

Physical Value Range


5/15, 6/15, 8/15, 9/15, 12/15, 15/15, 19/15, 24/15, 30/15

Parameter Setting
Set the default value of ACKPO1forSHO, ACKPO2forSHO, and ACKPO3forSHO to 24/15

Impact on the Network Performance


If they are too low, when the UE sends the ACK message in non-SHO state, the receiver will
decode incorrectly with a larger probability, redundant data transmission will increase, and

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-5


7 HSDPA Parameters

effective rate will decline. If they are too large, the UE will waste more power, and and uplink
interference will be stronger.

Relevant Commands
Set them through ADD CELLHSDPCCH. Query them through LST CELLHSDPCCH.
Modify them through MOD CELLHSDPCCH.

NACK Power Offset


Set the three parameters respectively. They stands for the NACK power offset for uplink DPCCH
corresponding to three different capabilities of UE in single link set.

Parameter ID
NACKPO1
NACKPO2
NACKPO3

Value Range
PO_5/15, PO_6/15, PO_8/15, PO_9/15, PO_12/15, PO_15/15, PO_19/15, PO_24/15, PO_30/15

Physical Value Range


5/15, 6/15, 8/15, 9/15, 12/15, 15/15, 19/15, 24/15, 30/15

Parameter Setting
The default values of NACKPO1, NACKPO2, and NACKPO3 are 24/15, 12/15, and 9/15.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If they are too low, when the UE sends the NACK message in non-SHO state, the receiver
will decode incorrectly with a larger probability, redundant data transmission will increase,
and effective rate will decline.
l If they are too large, the UE will waste more power, and and uplink interference will be
stronger.

Relevant Commands
Set them through ADD CELLHSDPCCH. Query them through LST CELLHSDPCCH.
Modify them through MOD CELLHSDPCCH.

NACK Power Offset in Multiple Link Set


Set the three parameters respectively. They stands for the NACK power offset for uplink DPCCH
corresponding to three different capabilities of UE in multiple link set.

Parameter ID
NACKPO1forSHO

7-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


7 HSDPA Parameters

NACKPO2forSHO

NACKPO3forSHO

Value Range
PO_5/15, PO_6/15, PO_8/15, PO_9/15, PO_12/15, PO_15/15, PO_19/15, PO_24/15, PO_30/15

Physical Value Range


5/15, 6/15, 8/15, 9/15, 12/15, 15/15, 19/15, 24/15, 30/15

Parameter Setting
The default values of NACKPO1forSHO, NACKPO2forSHO, and NACKPO3forSHO are
24/15.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If they are too low, when the UE sends the NACK message in SHO state, the receiver will
decode incorrectly with a larger probability, redundant data transmission will increase, and
effective rate will decline;
l If they are too large, the UE will waste more power, and and uplink interference will be
stronger.

Relevant Commands
Set them through ADD CELLHSDPCCH. Query them through LST CELLHSDPCCH.
Modify them through MOD CELLHSDPCCH.

ACK/NACK Repeat Factor


Set the three parameters according to three different capabilities of UE. Repeat sending the ACK/
NACK message in continuous multiple HS-DPCCH subframes.

Parameter ID
ACKNACKReF1

ACKNACKReF2

ACKNACKReF3

Value Range
1–4

Physical Value Range


1–4 times

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-7


7 HSDPA Parameters

Parameter Setting
The default value of ACKNACKReF1 is 1. The default value of ACKNACKReF2 is 2. The
default value of ACKNACKReF3 is 3.

Impact on the Network Performance


If they are too large, the throughput rate of UE will decline sharply. Set them based on the
capability of receiving data by UE continuously. The UE sends the ACK/NACK message at a
transmit power as low as possible on the condtition that the power meets the requirement on
ACK/NACK demodulation performance.

Relevant Commands
Set them through ADD CELLHSDPCCH. Query them through LST CELLHSDPCCH.
Modify them through MOD CELLHSDPCCH.

ACK/NACK Repeat Factor in Multiple Link Set


During SHO, the UE sends the ACK/NAK message in ACKNACKREFFORSHO subframes
repeatedly.

Parameter ID
ACKNACKReFforSHO

Value Range
1–4

Physical Value Range


1–4 times

Parameter Setting
The default value of ACKNACKReFforSHO is 1.

Impact on the Network Performance


The larger the parameter is, the sharply the throughput rate of UE declines. Set it based on the
capability of receiving data by UE continously. The UE sends the ACK/NACK message at a
transmit power as low as possible on the condtition that the power meets the requirement on
ACK/NACK demodulation performance.
Set it to 1 to keep the parameters of single radio link set (RLS) and multiple RLS consistent.
This avoids reconfiguration of HS-DPCCH parameters between single RLS and multiple RLS.
The parameter does not identity three capabilities of UE. Reconfiguration occurs for the other
two capabilities. This problem is to be solved in the next version.

Relevant Commands
Set it through ADD CELLHSDPCCH. Query it through LST CELLHSDPCCH. Modify it
through MOD CELLHSDPCCH.

7-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


7 HSDPA Parameters

CQI Power Offset in Single and Multiple RLS


Set the two parameters respectively. They are the CQI power offset for uplink DPCCH in single
and multiple RLS.

Parameter ID
CQIPO

CQIPOforSHO

Value Range
PO_5/15, PO_6/15, PO_8/15, PO_9/15, PO_12/15, PO_15/15, PO_19/15, PO_24/15, PO_30/15

Physical Value Range


5/15, 6/15, 8/15, 9/15, 12/15, 15/15, 19/15, 24/15, 30/15

Parameter Setting
The default values of CQIPO and CQIPOforSHO 24/15.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If they are too low, the receiver will decode data incorrectly in a larger probability when
the UE sends CQI. This affects TFRC selection, and lowers downlink throughput rate.
l If they are too large, the UE will waste power and uplink interference will increase.

Relevant Commands
Set them through ADD CELLHSDPCCH. Query them through LST CELLHSDPCCH.
Modify them through MOD CELLHSDPCCH.

CQI Repeat Factor in Single and Multiple RLS


Set the two parameters respectively. The UE repeats sending CQI in continuous CQIReF and
CQIReFforSHO HS-DPCCH subframes in single and multiple RLS.

Parameter ID
CQIReF

CQIReFforSHO

Value Range
1–4

Physical Value Range


1–4 times

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-9


7 HSDPA Parameters

Parameter Setting
The default values of CQIReF and CQIReFforSHO are 1.

Impact on the Network Performance


If the retransmisssion times of CQI is N, the network combines the N results, and then decode
the data. If they are too large, the CQI does not indicate the realtime variation of the channel.

Parameter ID
ACKNACKReFforSHO

Value Range
1–4

Physical Value Range


1–4 times

Parameter Setting
The default value of ACKNACKReFforSHO is 1.

Impact on the Network Performance


The larger the parameter is, the sharply the throughput rate of UE declines. Set it based on the
capability of receiving data by UE continously. The UE sends the ACK/NACK message at a
transmit power as low as possible on the condtition that the power meets the requirement on
ACK/NACK demodulation performance.
Set it to 1 to keep the parameters of single radio link set (RLS) and multiple RLS consistent.
This avoids reconfiguration of HS-DPCCH parameters between single RLS and multiple RLS.
The parameter does not identity three capabilities of UE. Reconfiguration occurs for the other
two capabilities. This problem is to be solved in the next version.

Relevant Commands
Set them through ADD CELLHSDPCCH. Query them through LST CELLHSDPCCH.
Modify them through MOD CELLHSDPCCH.

CQI Repeat Period in Single and Multiple RLS


Set the two parameters respectively. They are the duration of CQI feedback period in single and
multiple RLS, namely, the UE sends CQI every CQIFbCk or CQIFbCkforSHO HS-DPCCH
subframes.

Parameter ID
CQIFbCk
CQIFbCkforSHO

7-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


7 HSDPA Parameters

Value Range
D0, D2, D4, D8, D10, D20, D40, D80, and D160

Physical Value Range


0ms, 2ms, 4ms, 8ms, 10ms, 20ms, 40ms, 80ms, and 160ms

Parameter Setting
The default values of CQIFBCK and CQIFBCKFORSHO are D2 (2ms).

Impact on the Network Performance


If they are too large, the CQI will not indicate the realtime variation of channel.

Relevant Commands
Set them through ADD CELLHSDPCCH. Query them through LST CELLHSDPCCH.
Modify them through MOD CELLHSDPCCH.

7.1.2 Total Power of HSDPA and Measurement Power Offset


Constant
The common configurable total power of HSDPA and measurement power offset constant is
listed here.

Table 7-2 List of total power of HSDPA and measurement power offset constant
Parameter ID Parameter Default Relative Command Level
Meaning Value

HsdpaPower Total Power 430 Set:ADD CELLHSDPA Cell


of HSDPA (43dBm) Query:LST CELLHSDPA
HsPdschMPOCo Measuremen 2.5dB Modify:MOD CELLHSDPA
nstEnum t Power
Offset
Constant

7.1.2.1 Total Power of HSDPA


It sets the maximum power sum of HS-PDSCH and HS-SCCH.
7.1.2.2 Measurement Power Offset Constant
It helps calculate measurement power offset (MPO).

Total Power of HSDPA


It sets the maximum power sum of HS-PDSCH and HS-SCCH.

Parameter ID
HspdaPower

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-11


7 HSDPA Parameters

Value Range
0–500

Physical Value Range


0–50dBm

Parameter Setting
The default value of HspdaPower is 430 (43dBm). The step is 0.1dBm.

Impact on the Network Performance


Dynamic range of HSDPA MAX power, it will affect the user throughput in cell edge.

Relevant Commands
Set it through ADD CELLHSDPA. Query it through LST CELLHSDPA. Modify it through
MOD CELLHSDPA.

Measurement Power Offset Constant


It helps calculate measurement power offset (MPO).

Parameter ID
HsPdschMPOConstEnum

Value Range
–0.5 to +5.5

Physical Value Range


–0.5dB to +5.5dB. The step is 1dB.

Parameter Setting
The default value of HsPdschMPOConstEnum is 2.5 (2.5dB).

Impact on the Network Performance


It helps calculate MPO, namely, Γ Measure Power Offset = Min(13,CellMaxPower -
PcpichPower - Measure Power Offset Constant).

According to PHSPDSCH = PCPICH + Γ + Δ, calculate PHSPDSCH , and then convert it to CQI. If


the HsPdschMPOConstEnum is improperly configured, the CQI in some scenarios will be
beyond the range of 0–30. As a result, the NodeB MAC-hs cannot schedule the subscriber in
the corresponding time or cannot schedule multiple subscribers with the difference of channel
conditions.

7-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


7 HSDPA Parameters

Relevant Commands
Set it through ADD CELLHSDPA. Query it through LST CELLHSDPA. Modify it through
MOD CELLHSDPA.

7.1.3 CQI Adjustment Algorithm Parameters


The common configurable CQI adjustment algorithm parameters are listed here.

Table 7-3 List of CQI adjustment algorithm parameters

Parameter ID Parameter Default Relative Command Level


Meaning Value

IBLER Initial BLER 10% On NodeBLMT Cell


of Data Set or Modify: SET
Transfer MACHSPARA
(BTS3812E, BTS3812A,
BBU3806, BBU3806C))
Query: LST MACHSPARA
(BTS3812E, BTS3812A,
BBU3806, BBU3806C)

7.1.3.1 Initial BLER of Data Transfer


When the initial BLER exceeds the target BLEr, raise the transmit power of HS-PDSCH.
Otherwise, lower the transmit power of HS-PDSCH.

Initial BLER of Data Transfer


When the initial BLER exceeds the target BLEr, raise the transmit power of HS-PDSCH.
Otherwise, lower the transmit power of HS-PDSCH.

Parameter ID
IBLER

Value Range
1–50

Physical Value Range


1%–50%. The step is 1%.

Parameter Setting
The default value is 10 (10%).

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-13


7 HSDPA Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance


If the IBLER is too large, retransmission will be more probable, and delay will increas.
Otherwise, retransmission will be less probable, and power efficiency will decline. When the
power is not restricted by scenarios, lower IBLER to increase effective throughput rate.

Relevant Commands
On NodeB LMT, set it through SET MACHSPARA(BTS3812E, BTS3812A, BBU3806,
BBU3806C), and query it through LST MACHSPARA(BTS3812E, BTS3812A,
BBU3806, BBU3806C).

7.2 HSDPA Code Resource Management Algorithm


Parameters
The common configurable HSDPA code resource management algorithm parameters are listed
here.

Table 7-4 List of HSDPA code resource management algorithm parameters


Parameter ID Parameter Default Relative Command Level
Meaning Value

AllocCodeMode HSDPA Code Manual Set: ADD CELLHSDPA Cell


Resource Query: LST CELLHSDPA
Distribution
Modify: MOD
Mode
CELLHSDPA
HsPdschCodeNum Number of 5
HS-PDSCH
Codes

HsPdschMaxCodeN Number of 10
um Maximum
HS-PDSCH
Codes

HsPdschMinCodeN Number of 5
um Minimum
HS-PDSCH
Codes

RevSFThd Idle SF 32
Threshold of
R99

HsScchCodeNum Number of 4
HS-SCCH
Codes

7.2.1 HSDPA Code Resource Distribution Mode


HSDPA code resource distribution support automatic distribution and manual distribution.
Adjust this parameter to select a distribution method.

7-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


7 HSDPA Parameters

7.2.2 Number of HS-PDSCH Codes


Number of HS–PDSCH codes. The parameter is valid only when the AllocCodeMode is
Manual.
7.2.3 Number of Maximum HS-PDSCH Codes
The parameter is valid only when the AllocCodeMode is Auto.
7.2.4 Number of Minimum HS-PDSCH Codes
The parameter is valid only when the AllocCodeMode is Auto.
7.2.5 Idle SF Threshold of R99
The parameter is valid only when the AllocCodeMode is Auto.
7.2.6 Number of HS-SCCH Codes
It is the number of codes allocated for HS-SCCH.

7.2.1 HSDPA Code Resource Distribution Mode


HSDPA code resource distribution support automatic distribution and manual distribution.
Adjust this parameter to select a distribution method.

Parameter ID
AllocCodeMode

Value Range
Auto and Manual

Physical Value Range


Auto means automatic distribution. Manual means manual distribution.

Parameter Setting
At the early stage of network construction, or when the traffic model of subscribers in a cell is
not fixed, the network distributes HSDPA channel codes automatically, so select Auto. If the
traffic model of subscribers in a cell is fixed and known, select manual distribution.

Impact on the Network Performance


Manual distribution leads to restriction of HSDPA code resource or leaves HSDPA code idle.

Relevant Commands
Set it through ADD CELLHSDPA. Query it through LST CELLHSDPA. Modify it through
MOD CELLHSDPA.

7.2.2 Number of HS-PDSCH Codes


Number of HS–PDSCH codes. The parameter is valid only when the AllocCodeMode is
Manual.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-15


7 HSDPA Parameters

Parameter ID
HsPdschCodeNum

Value Range
1–15

Physical Value Range


1–15, with step of 1

Parameter Setting
Set HsPdschCodeNum according to actual traffic model of a cell. The default value is 5.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If the number of HS-PDSCH channel codes is over small, the HSDPA code resource will
be restricted;
l If the number of HS-PDSCH channel codes is over large, the HSDPA code resource will
be wasted and the admission rejection rate of R99 services increases due to code resource.

Relevant Commands
Set the parameter through ADD CELLHSDPA, query it through LST CELLHSDPA, and
modify it through MOD CELLHSDPA.

7.2.3 Number of Maximum HS-PDSCH Codes


The parameter is valid only when the AllocCodeMode is Auto.

Parameter ID
HsPdschMaxCodeNum

Value Range
1–15

Physical Value Range


1–15. The step is 1.

Parameter Setting
Set it according to actual traffic model of a cell. The default value is 10.

Impact on the Network Performance


In HSDPA auto code distribution, set the number of maximum HS-PDSCH codes a little larger.

7-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


7 HSDPA Parameters

Relevant Commands
Set it through ADD CELLHSDPA. Query it through LST CELLHSDPA. Modify it through
MOD CELLHSDPA.

7.2.4 Number of Minimum HS-PDSCH Codes


The parameter is valid only when the AllocCodeMode is Auto.

Parameter ID
HsPdschMinCodeNum

Value Range
1–15

Physical Value Range


1–15. The step is 1.

Parameter Setting
Set it according to actual traffic model of a cell. The default value is 5.

Impact on the Network Performance


In HSDPA auto code distribution, set it a little smaller. Anyhow, it must match the number of
maximum HS-PDSCH HsPdschMaxCodeNum. There must be HsPdschMinCodeNum <=
HsPdschMaxCodeNum.

Relevant Commands
Set it through ADD CELLHSDPA. Query it through LST CELLHSDPA. Modify it through
MOD CELLHSDPA.

7.2.5 Idle SF Threshold of R99


The parameter is valid only when the AllocCodeMode is Auto.

Parameter ID
RevSFThd

Value Range
SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, and SF128

Physical Value Range


8, 16, 32, 64, and 128

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-17


7 HSDPA Parameters

Parameter Setting
Determine it according to operation strategies of operators. Reserve maximum traffic rate for
DCH on code resource when supporting HSDPA automatic code distribution. When the channel
codes used by R99 fail to reach the threshold, spare a shared channel code occupied by HS-
PDSCH to R99. The default value is SF32. SF32 indicates reserving a 64K service for DCH.

Impact on the Network Performance


According to the current service mapping strategies, the BE service or streaming service with
service rate larger than 64 kpbs is mapped on HSDPA. As a result, the rate of services carried
on DCH is usually lower than 64 kpbs. Therefore, set the parameter to SF32. Adjust the parameter
to increase or decrease the reserved threshold as required by operators.

Relevant Commands
Set it through ADD CELLHSDPA. Query it through LST CELLHSDPA. Modify it through
MOD CELLHSDPA.

7.2.6 Number of HS-SCCH Codes


It is the number of codes allocated for HS-SCCH.

Parameter ID
HsScchCodeNum

Value Range
1–15

Physical Value Range


1–15. The step is 1.

Parameter Setting
Set it according to actual traffic model of cell. The default value is 4.

Impact on the Network Performance


It decides maximum number of subscribers that the NodeB can schedule in a TTI period. Set it
properly as required. In the scenarios like outdoor macro cells, with power distributed,
scheduling multiple subscribers is less probable, so configure 2 HS-SCCHs. In the scenarios
like indoor pico, with code restricted, scheduling multiple subscribers is probable, so configure
4 HS-SCCHs. If excessive HS-SCCHs are configured, the code resource will be wasted. If
inadequate HS-SCCHs are configured, the HS-PDSCH code resource or power resource will be
wasted. These two types of waste affect cell throughput rate.

Relevant Commands
Set it through ADD CELLHSDPA. Query it through LST CELLHSDPA. Modify it through
MOD CELLHSDPA.

7-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


7 HSDPA Parameters

7.3 HSDPA Mobility Management Parameters


The common configurable HSDPA mobility management parameters are listed here.

Table 7-5 List of HSDPA mobility management parameters


Parameter ID Parameter Default Relative Command Level
Meaning Value

HsdpaTimerLen HSDPA 0 (0s) Set or Modify:SET HOCOMM RNC


handover Query: LST HOCOMM
protection
length

7.3.1 HSDPA Handover Protection Length


According to event 1D trigger, HSDPA uses a protection timer (TimerHSDPA) to: Guerantee
that HSDPA will not chage serving cell frequently; Affect system performance.When the event
1D triggers HSDPA handover, the timer starts. Before the TimerHSDPA expires, the event 1D
will not trigger HSDPA handover. If the value is 0, the system will not start the timer, namely,
the event 1D will immediately trigger HSDPA handover. If the value is 1024, the HSDPA
handover will never be triggered until the cell to bear HSDPA service is unlisted.

7.3.1 HSDPA Handover Protection Length


According to event 1D trigger, HSDPA uses a protection timer (TimerHSDPA) to: Guerantee
that HSDPA will not chage serving cell frequently; Affect system performance.When the event
1D triggers HSDPA handover, the timer starts. Before the TimerHSDPA expires, the event 1D
will not trigger HSDPA handover. If the value is 0, the system will not start the timer, namely,
the event 1D will immediately trigger HSDPA handover. If the value is 1024, the HSDPA
handover will never be triggered until the cell to bear HSDPA service is unlisted.

Parameter ID
HsdpaTimerLen

Value Range
0–1024

Physical Value Range


0–1024s

Parameter Setting
The default value is 0s.
The serving cell is updated between different NodeBs. The buffer of original MAC-hs is reset,
so the data in the buffer is missing. As a result, the interruption time of data transfer exists. The
length of interruption time of data transfer is relevant to implementation of flow control
algorithm and RLC parameter configuration. The unit is hundred mill-second.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-19


7 HSDPA Parameters

In the scenarios with great fluctuation of signals, if the process occurs frequently, the subscriber
will keep in the state of restoring data transfer, interruption of data transfer, and then restoring
data transfer. This impacts the average throughput.
Set this parameter to control the frequency of update of serving cell. As a result, the impact of
the process on performance of HSDPA data transfer is controlled. If the flow control algorithm
can control data in MAC-hs buffer accurately, set the parameter to 0.
If the parameter is too large in the scenarios with great fluctuation of signals, report event 1D
by UE before expiration is more probable. When the UE reports event 1D before expiration, due
to the parameter restriction, the serving cell keeps being weak cell. As a result, the throughput
declines.

Figure 7-1 Impact from over long HSDPA protection length

Impact on the Network Performance


Set it properly to restrict the frequency to update serving cell in the scenarios with great
fluctuation of signals. This helps control the interruption of data transfer in serving cell update
between different NodeBs. It also helps control the impact on subscriber throughput.

Relevant Commands
Set it through SET HOCOMM. Query it through LST HOCOMM.

7.4 HSDPA Direct Retry and Switch of Channel Types


Parameters
The common configurable HSDPA direct retry and switch of channel types parameters are listed
here.

7-20 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


7 HSDPA Parameters

Table 7-6 List of HSDPA direct retry and switch of channel types parameters
Parameter ID Parameter Default Relative Command Level
Meaning Value

HRetryTimerLen D2H Retry 5000 Set or Modify:SET RNC


Timer Length (5s) COIFTIMER
Query: LST COIFTIMER

D2HTimerLen D2H 2(2s) Set or Modify:SET


Handover HOCOMM
Punishment Query: LST HOCOMM
Timer Length

7.4.1 D2H Retry Timer Length


If the service is to mapped on HS-DSCH, but actually, it is maped on DCH, the D2H retry timer
starts. If H2D occurs, the timer starts after expiration of D2H punishment timer.
7.4.2 D2H Handover Punishment Timer Length
After H2D handover, the D2H punishment timer starts. After expiration of D2H punishment
timer, try D2H.

7.4.1 D2H Retry Timer Length


If the service is to mapped on HS-DSCH, but actually, it is maped on DCH, the D2H retry timer
starts. If H2D occurs, the timer starts after expiration of D2H punishment timer.

Parameter ID
HRetryTimerLen

Value Range
0, 1000–180000

Physical Value Range


0s, 1s–180s

Parameter Setting
The default value is 5000 (5s).

Impact on the Network Performance


l If the D2H retry timer length is too long, the D2H handover will not occur when the
subscribers' data can be carried on HSDPA. This affects subscribers' feelings;
l If the D2H retry timer length is too short, useless direct retry occurs. As a result, extra
signaling interaction occurs and the network resource is wasted.

Relevant Commands
Query it through SET COIFTIMER. Query it through LST COIFTIMER.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-21


7 HSDPA Parameters

7.4.2 D2H Handover Punishment Timer Length


After H2D handover, the D2H punishment timer starts. After expiration of D2H punishment
timer, try D2H.

Parameter ID
D2HTimerLen

Value Range
0–180

Physical Value Range


0–180s

Parameter Setting
The default value is 2s.

Impact on the Network Performance


l If it is too large, the D2H will not be triggered after handover. This may affect subscribers'
feelings;
l If it is too low, the ping-pong handover between H2D and D2H will occur in some scenarios.

Relevant Commands
Set it through SET HOCOMM. Query it through LST HOCOMM.

7.5 HSDPA Admission Control Algorithm


The common configurable HSDPA admission control algorithm parameters are listed here.

Table 7-7 List of HSDPA admission control algorithm parameters

Parameter ID Parameter Defaul Relative Command


Meaning t
Value

NodeBHsdpaMaxUser- Maximum 768 Set: ADD NODEB


Num HSDPA Users Query: LST NODEB
of NodeB
Modify: MOD NODEB

MaxHSDSCHUserNu Maximum 64 Set: ADD CELLCAC


m HSDPA Users Query: LST CELLCAC
of cell
Modify: MOD CELLCAC

7-22 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


7 HSDPA Parameters

Parameter ID Parameter Defaul Relative Command


Meaning t
Value

UlHsDpcchRsvdFactor UL HS- 0 Set: ADD CELLCAC


DPCCH Query: LST CELLCAC
reserve factor
Modify: MOD CELLCAC
HsdpaStrmPBRThd HSDPA 70
streaming
PBR threshold

HsdpaBePBRThd HSDPA best 30


effort PBR
threshold

MaxHSDSCHUserNu Max number 64


m of users
supported by
HSDPA
channel

7.5.1 Maximum HSDPA Users of NodeB


This parameter represent max number of users supported by HSDPA channel per NodeB.
7.5.2 UL HS-DPCCH Reserve Factor
If the HS-DPCCH is to carry ACK/NACK, the system will not perform CAC. If the HS-DPCCH
is to carry CQI, the system will perform CAC. The corresponding threshold of this parameter
equals the product of UL limit capacity and this parameter value.
7.5.3 HSDPA Streaming PBR Threshold
This parameter is the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDPA streaming traffic.
7.5.4 HSDPA Best Effort PBR Threshold
This parameter is the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDPA best effort traffic.
7.5.5 Maximum HSDPA user number
This parameter represent max number of users supported by HSDPA channel per cell.

7.5.1 Maximum HSDPA Users of NodeB


This parameter represent max number of users supported by HSDPA channel per NodeB.

Parameter ID
NodeBHsdpaMaxUserNum

Value Range
1 to 1000

Physical Value Range


1 to 1000

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-23


7 HSDPA Parameters

Parameter Setting
The default value is 768.

Impact on the Network Performance


If the HSDPA user connection is rejected by NodeB, it means the quantity of the HSDPA license
is insufficient. We need apply the new license for HSDPA.

Relevant Commands
On NodeB LMT, set this parameter through ADD NODEB, query it through LST NODEB, and
modify it through MOD NODEB.

7.5.2 UL HS-DPCCH Reserve Factor


If the HS-DPCCH is to carry ACK/NACK, the system will not perform CAC. If the HS-DPCCH
is to carry CQI, the system will perform CAC. The corresponding threshold of this parameter
equals the product of UL limit capacity and this parameter value.

Parameter ID
UlHsDpcchRsvdFactor

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range


0 to 1, step: 0.01

Parameter Setting
The default value is 0.

Impact on the Network Performance


When set it too large, it will increase the probability of admission reject, when set it too small,
it will cause the insufficiency of reserved uplink resource. But because the burst of load and
affection is small, we can set it to small value so as to admit more connection.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify
it through MOD CELLCAC.

7.5.3 HSDPA Streaming PBR Threshold


This parameter is the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDPA streaming traffic.

7-24 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


7 HSDPA Parameters

Parameter ID
HsdpaStrmPBRThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range


0 to 100%, step: 1

Parameter Setting
The default value is 70.

Impact on the Network Performance


None

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify
it through MOD CELLCAC.

7.5.4 HSDPA Best Effort PBR Threshold


This parameter is the average throughput admission threshold of the HSDPA best effort traffic.

Parameter ID
HsdpaBePBRThd

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range


0 to 100%, step: 1

Parameter Setting
The default value is 30.

Impact on the Network Performance


None

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify
it through MOD CELLCAC.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 7-25


7 HSDPA Parameters

7.5.5 Maximum HSDPA user number


This parameter represent max number of users supported by HSDPA channel per cell.

Parameter ID
MaxHSDSCHUserNum

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range


0 to 100

Parameter Setting
The default value is 64.

Impact on the Network Performance


Too small value will decrease the HSDPA capacity of cell, cause the waste of HSDPA resource.
Too large value will cause the congestion of HSDPA service.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLCAC, query it through LST CELLCAC, and modify
it through MOD CELLCAC.

7-26 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


8 Algorithm Switches

8 Algorithm Switches

About This Chapter

In the RNC, algorithm switches are divided into two classes: connection-oriented algorithm
switches and cell-oriented algorithm switches.

8.1 Connection-Oriented Algorithm Switches in RNC


In RNC maintenance console, set each connection-oriented algorithm switch through SET
CORRMALGOSWITCH and query the status of each algorithm switch through LST
CORRMALGOSWITCH.
8.2 Cell Algorithm Switches
In the RNC maintenance console, cell-oriented algorithm switches are added uniformly through
ADD CELLALGOSWITCH, the state of each algorithm switch is queried through LST
CELLALGOSWITCH, and the algorithm switches are modified through MOD
CELLALGOSWITCH.
8.3 Other Algorithm Switches
At this time, there are some other algorithm switches, such as Iub CAC algorithm switch, Iub
bandwidth-restricted BE service rate reduction algorithm switch, intra–frequency measurement
control information indication.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-1


8 Algorithm Switches

8.1 Connection-Oriented Algorithm Switches in RNC


In RNC maintenance console, set each connection-oriented algorithm switch through SET
CORRMALGOSWITCH and query the status of each algorithm switch through LST
CORRMALGOSWITCH.

8.1.1 Channel Class Algorithm Switches


The algorithms of the channel algorithm switches are listed here.
8.1.2 Handover Algorithm Switches
The algorithms of the handover algorithm switches are listed here.
8.1.3 Power Control Algorithm Switches
The algorithms and the default states of the power control algorithm switches are listed here.
8.1.4 HSDPA Algorithm Switch
The algorithms of the HSDPA algorithm switches are listed here.
8.1.5 DRD Algorithm Switches
The algorithms of the power control algorithm switches are listed here.

8.1.1 Channel Class Algorithm Switches


The algorithms of the channel algorithm switches are listed here.

Parameter ID
ChSwitch

Parameter Meaning

Table 8-1 Channel Algorithm Switch

Algorithm switch Switch ID Description

AMR_7950_TWO_ Switch for two When it is checked, the AMR voice call with the
CODCH_SWITCH DCHs bit rate of 7.95k or less than 7.95k will be
configuration by allocated for two CoDCHs. Otherwise, it will be
AMR 7.95K allocated for three CoDCHs

AMRC_SWITCH AMRC algorithm When it is checked and the AMRC (AMR


switch Control) license is enabled, AMR control
function will be applied for AMR users

BE_RATE_DOWN Algorithm switch When it is checked, it is allowed to decrease the


_BF_HO_SWITCH for rate decrease bandwidth of the BE services before Handover
before handover happens. It is recommended to open
DCCC_SWITCH when using this function

DCCC_SWITCH DCCC algorithm When it is checked, dynamic channel


switch reconfiguration control algorithm will be applied
in the RNC

8-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


8 Algorithm Switches

Algorithm switch Switch ID Description

DL_INNER_LOOP Downlink inner When it is checked, the inner loop downlink


_POWER_CTRL_ loop power power control status will be set to Active.
SWITCH control activation Otherwise, it will be set to Inactive
switch

FRC_FP_MODE_S FP mode switch When it is checked, the FP mode in Iub will be


WITCH set to normal mode. Otherwise, it will be set to
silent mode

DOWNLINK_BLI Downlink blind When it is checked, the downlink blind transport


ND_DETECTION_ detection switch format detection function will be used for single
SWITCH SRB and AMR + SRB bearers. Note that the UE
is only required to support blind transport format
detection is the restrictions in 3GPP 25.212
section 4.3.1 are fulfilled.

HANDOVER_TO_ Default When it is checked, the default configurations of


UTRAN_CONFIG configuration signalling and RABs, which are defined in 3gpp
URATION_SWIT switch for inter- 25.331, will be used first when the UE performs
CH RAT handover to handover from GSM to WCDMA. Otherwise,
UTRAN those default configurations won't be applied and
complete information of RB, TrCH and PhyCH
to be used is included in the HANDOVER TO
UTRAN COMMAND message

FRC_PDCP_COM PDCP packet When it is checked and the PDCP header


PRESS_SWITCH header compression license is enabled, PDCP header
compression compression algorithm will be applied in the
switch RNC

IGNORE_RLC_C Capability When it is checked, the RAB Assignment request


AP_SWITCH algorithm switch and the subsequent RB Setup should be
ignoring RLC of continued when the RLC AM Capability of UE
UE cannot meet the minimum RLC buffer
requirement defined by the RLC TX/RX
WINDOW LIMITs of the RAB to be setup,
Otherwise, the RAB Assignment request should
be rejected

IMS_SUPPORT_A IMS Support When it is checked and the IMS license is


CTIVATION Activation switch enabled, RNC will support IMS

IU_QOS_NEG_S Iu QoS When it is checked, Iu QoS Negotiation function


WITCH Negotiation will be applied for PS Domain if Alternative
switch RAB Parameter Values IE is present in RANAP
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or
RELOCATION REQUEST message

IU_QOS_RENEG_ IU QoS re- When it is checked, Iu QoS Negotiation function


SWITCH negotiation will be applied for PS Domain if Alternative
switch RAB Parameter Values IE is present in RANAP
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or
RELOCATION REQUEST message

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-3


8 Algorithm Switches

Algorithm switch Switch ID Description

IUB_OVERBOOK Iub overbooking When the wireless environment is poor, Some


ING_SWITCH switch TFs will be banned for high speed RAB to limit
the speed and then reduce the transmission
power.When it is checked, IUB Overbooking
function will be applied in SRNC

IUUP_V2_SPT_S IuUp V2 SPT When it is checked and the Support IUUP


WITCH Switch Version 2 license is enabled, RNC will support
TFO/TRFO function

LOSSLESS_RELO Lossless When it is checked and UE supports lossless


CIN_SWITCH relocation switch Relocation, RNC will configure PDCP to
support Lossless Relocation

MULTI_RAB_SWI Single domain When it is checked, multi-RABs combination of


TCH supporting multi 2CS, 2CS+1PS, 1CS+2PS and 2PS will be
services switch supported in the RNC.

PDCP_IPV6_HEA IPv6 packet When it is checked and the PDCP header


D_COMPRESS_S header compression function is enabled, PDCP header
WITCH compression compression algorithm for IPv6 will be applied
switch in the RNC

PS_BE_STATE_T UE State When it is checked, UE RRC state transitions


RANS_SWITCH Transition switch (CELL_FACH/CELL_PCH/URA_PCH) for
for PS BE service services are allowed in the RNC

PS_NON_BE_STA UE State When it is checked, UE RRC state transitions to


TE_TRANS_SWIT Transition switch CELL_FACH for real-time services are allowed
CH for PS Non-BE in the RNC
service

RAB_DOWNSIZI RAB Downsizing When it is checked, RAB Downsizing function


NG_SWITCH switch will be applied for determing initial bit rate
according to cell resources

RATE_ADJ_BY_D Algorithm switch When it is checked, it is allowed to reconfigure


L_TCP_SWITCH for rate dynamically the bandwidth of best effort services
adjustment by according to the downlink transmitted code
limited downlink power. It is recommended to open
power DCCC_SWITCH when using this function

RLC_RETRANS_ RLC retransfer When downlink TCP(transmitted code power) is


MEASURE_SWIT measure switch restricted, and the RLC re-transmitted ratio or re-
CH transmitted maximum number of BE service in
AM mode exceeds a specfied threshold, the
bandwidth of the BE service will be trigged to
decrease. When this switch is checked,the RLC
re-transmitted ratio or re-transmitted maximum
number of BE service in AM mode will be
measured in TCP algorithm

8-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


8 Algorithm Switches

Algorithm switch Switch ID Description

RSC_FEEDBK_AF RSC feedback When it is checked, the cell left SF will be


TER_SETUPRAB_ after setup RAB brought back if the RAB setup fails for lack of
FAIL_SWITCH failure switch CELL SF and then the RAB setup will try again
with lower speed to fit the feedback SF

NOTE
DCCC algorithm is a basic function. When this algorithm is off, the channel cannot call other algorithms
to perform D2D adjustment. These algorithms include:
l Traffic-triggered BE D2D rate adjustment;
l 1A rate reduction function before soft handover;
l IUB bandwidth-restricted rate reduction function;
l TCP-restricted rate reduction function, that is, link-stability-based rate adjustment function;
l BE service bandwidth adjustment triggered by LDR preliminary congestion.

8.1.2 Handover Algorithm Switches


The algorithms of the handover algorithm switches are listed here.

Parameter ID
HoSwitch

Parameter Meaning

Table 8-2 Handover Algorithm Switch


Algorithm Switch ID Description
switch

6F6G_SWITCH 6F6G When it is checked, the 6F6G measurement is triggered


measurement for DCH-UEs which have connection with more than
control switch one cells in Active Set.

ACT_SET_QU Active set When it is checked, the active set quality measurement
AL_SWITCH quality is allowed. After the RB setup is complete (RRC setup
measurement is complete if SIGNAL_HO_SWITCH is ON), the
switch RNC initiates signal quallity measurement to all the
cells in Active Set. If the integrated signal quality of
all the cells in Active Set is below a certain threshold,
UE reports event 2D. Then RNC will initiate the
compressed mode and send inter-frequency
measurement or inter-system measurement, or both to
trigger inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover based
on the coverage and the UE's capability.

CMCF_DL_HL Compressed When it is checked, the DL higher-layer scheduling for


S_SWITCH mode DL compressed mode is allowed
higher-layer

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-5


8 Algorithm Switches

Algorithm Switch ID Description


switch

scheduling
switch

DETSET_ADD Detect set add When it is checked, the cells in Detected Set can be
_TO_ACTSET_ to active set added to Active Set when RNC receives their valid
SWITCH switch event reports

DETSET_ Detect set When it is checked, if the detected cell is allowed to


RPRT_SWITCH report switch report Intra-frequency Measurement report to RNC

HCS_SPD_EST HCS speed When it is checked, RNC evaluates the UE's moving
_SWITCH estimation speed when it is in an HCS cell, and initiates inter-layer
switch handover by fast-mobility decision or by fast-mobility
decision according to UE's speed

IUR_SHO_DIV IUR soft- When it is checked, the soft handover diversity control
CTRL_FIELD_ handover field for the Iur interface is based on SRNC parameters
SUPP_SWITCH diversity (according to SET HOCOMM). Otherwise, it is set to
support switch MUST (for BE traffic) and MAY (for other services)

INTER_FREQ_ Inter- When it is checked, the inter-frequency measurement


HHO_SWITCH frequency hard is allowed or the inter-frequency hard handover based
handover on cell load is allowed.
switch

INTRA_FREQU Intra- When it is checked, the intra-frequency hard handover


ENCY_HARD_ frequency hard is allowed under the following conditions.
HANDOVER_S handover
WITCH switch

INTER_RAT_C Inter-RAT When it is checked and the license is enabled, RNC


S_OUT_SWITC handover out initiates inter-RAT measurement to trigger inter-RAT
H switch for CS handover of the CS domain from UTRAN.
service

INTER_RAT_P Inter-RAT When it is checked and the license is enabled, RNC


S_OUT_SWITC handover out initiates inter-RAT measurement to trigger inter-RAT
H switch for PS handover of the PS domain from UTRAN.
service When UE has more than one connections with the cells
in Active Set, it initiates the radio link synchronization
measurement.

SOFT_HANDO Soft handover When it is checked, the soft or softer handover is


VER_SWITCH switch allowed. When receiving a 1A, 1B, 1C, or event 1D
report, the RNC starts to add, remove or replace soft
handover cells.
1. The BE service is set up on DCH and the bit rate of
BE service or combined services exceeds the
threshold for soft handover downlink bit rate.
2. The soft handover switch is OFF and UE reports
event 1D.

8-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


8 Algorithm Switches

Algorithm Switch ID Description


switch

SIGNAL_HO_S Signal When it is checked, the RNC initiates the quality


WITCH handover measurement of Active Set after the RRC setup is
switch complete (before RB setup). In this way RNC can
trigger inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover when
the RRC setup is complete. Thus UE can be handed
over to an inter-frequency or inter-RAT neighbouring
cell more quickly when UE is located at the edge of the
cell or the signal quality of the radio link is bad.
SIGNAL_HO_SWITCH is not used to trigger inter-
frequency or inter-RAT hand over when UE only has
signal conncetion. It is used to send Active Set Quality
measurement once RRC connection is set up and RB
is not setup. If the Active Set Quality measurement has
been sent, SIGNAL_HO_SWITCH affcts nothing.
When the timing difference between the radio links
exceeds a certain threshold, UE reports 6F event and
trigger a timer; if the timing difference between the
radio links is below the threshold, UE reports 6G event.
Otherwise, when the timer exceeds the specified
interval, UE will release one or more radio links.

SRNSR_PROP SRNS When it is checked, RNC initiates SRNS relocation


G_DELAY_SW relocation under the following conditions to reduce link delay at
ITCH switch for the network side to enhance service quality:
delay 1. SRNC and CRNC is separated.
optimization
2. The link delay does not meet the Qos requirement
for the current service.

SRNSR_IUR_R SRNS When it is checked, RNC initiates SRNS relocation of


ESRCE_SWITC relocation certain UEs under the following conditions to optimize
H switch for Iur resources over the Iur interface:
resource 1. UE only has connections with cells in the DRNC.
optimization
2. The Iur transmission resources are congested.
3. The service of UE is the same as the service that is
carried by the congestion link.

SNA_RESTRIC SNA restriction When it is checked, RNC controls the UEs that are
TION_SWITCH switch active in the CN configuration. Those UEs are allowed
to access and move only in the cells with authorization.

SRNSR_SEPRA SRNS When it is checked, RNC triggers RNS relocation


T_DUR_SWITC relocation when the separated time between SRNC and CRNC
H switch for exceeds a certain threshold.
separated
duration

SRNSR_LOC_S SRNS When it is checked, RNC triggers RNS relocation


EPRAT_SWITC relocation when SRNC and CRNC is separated and all the intra-
H switch for

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-7


8 Algorithm Switches

Algorithm Switch ID Description


switch

separated frequency neighbour cells of the best cell are not under
location SRNC.

8.1.3 Power Control Algorithm Switches


The algorithms and the default states of the power control algorithm switches are listed here.

Parameter ID
PcSwitch

Parameter Meaning

Table 8-3 Power Control Algorithm Switch

Algorithm Switch ID Defa Description


switch ult
state

AMR_MODE Altering OFF When it is checked, the BLER target value


_INDUCE_B switch of comes from the BLER target value of the AMR
LER_TARGE target BLER modes specified in the AMRC parameter
T_ALTER_S value induced table.Otherwise, it comes from the BLER target
WITCH by AMR mode value specified in TYPRAB

DOWNLINK_ Downlink ON When it is checked, DPB(Downlink Power


POWER_BAL power balance Balance) algorithm will be applied to RNC.
ANCE_SWIT switch Downlink power drift among different RLs,
CH which is caused by TPC bit error or other
reasons, could reduce the gain of soft handover.
DPB is mainly used to balance the downlink
power of different RLs for an UE in order to
achieve the best gain of soft handover

INNER_LOO limited power OFF When it is checked, limited power increase


P_DL_LMTE increase in the algorithm is applied in the inner loop power
D_PWR_INC inner loop control
_SWITCH power control
switch

SIG_DCH_O Signaling OFF This switch is used to determine whether SIG


LPC_SWITC transmission DCH will join in the the uplink OLPC (outside
H participating loop power control) procedure if there are more
in the outer than one DCH. When it is checked, SIG DCH
loop power will join in OLPC procedure. However,If there
control switch is only one DCH, SIG DCH will join in OLPC
for multiple procedure no matter whether this switch is
DCHs. checked or not

8-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


8 Algorithm Switches

Algorithm Switch ID Defa Description


switch ult
state

OLPC_SWIT Outer loop ON When it is checked, RNC will update the uplink
CH power control SIR TARGET of RLs on the NODEB side by
switch IUB DCH FP signals.

OLPC_UL_SI UE released OFF When it is checked,if the SIRERR is high and


R_ERR_REL_ linked to UL the cell is overloaded, UE will be released
SWITCH SIR error
switch

8.1.4 HSDPA Algorithm Switch


The algorithms of the HSDPA algorithm switches are listed here.

Parameter ID
HsdpaSwitch

Parameter Meaning

Table 8-4 HSDPA Algorithm Switches

Algorithm Switch ID Description


switch

HSDPA_STA HSDPA state When it is checked, UE RRC state transitions to


TE_TRANS_S transfer switch CELL_FACH for the DCCC algorithm of HSDPA
WITCH services are allowed in the RNC. When the RAB on
HS-DSCH is BE service, the
PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH is requiured to
checked simultaneously, when the RAB on HS-
DSCH is PS real-time traffic, the
PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH is
requiured to checked simultaneously

PS_STREAMI Streaming When it is checked, PS streaming traffic can be


NG_ON_HSD service on mapped to HS-DSCH when the downlink max bit rate
PA_SWITCH HSDPA switch is more than or equal to the streaming on HSDPA
threshold

8.1.5 DRD Algorithm Switches


The algorithms of the power control algorithm switches are listed here.

Parameter ID
DrdSwitch

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-9


8 Algorithm Switches

Parameter Meaning

Table 8-5 Channel Algorithm Switch

Algorithm switch Switch ID Description

COMB_SERV_DRD_ Combination Only this switch is on, can do DRD if


SWITCH service DRD switch combination service flow need retry

DRD_SWITCH DRD switch The total DRD algorithm switch, only this
switch is on, the other DRD sub-switch will
can be on

HSDPA_DRD_SWIT HSDPA DRD Only this switch is on, can do DRD if


CH switch HSDPA need retry

RAB_DCCC_DRD_S DCCC DRD switch Only this switch is on, can do DRD if RAB
WITCH DCCC flow need retry

RAB_MODIFY_DRD RAB modify DRD Only this switch is on, can do DRD if RAB
_SWITCH switch modify flow need retry

8.2 Cell Algorithm Switches


In the RNC maintenance console, cell-oriented algorithm switches are added uniformly through
ADD CELLALGOSWITCH, the state of each algorithm switch is queried through LST
CELLALGOSWITCH, and the algorithm switches are modified through MOD
CELLALGOSWITCH.

8.2.1 Cell Algorithm Switches


The algorithms and default states of the cell algorithm switches are listed here.
8.2.2 Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch
This parameter is used to control UL CAC algorithm.
8.2.3 Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch
This parameter is used to control DL CAC algorithm.

8.2.1 Cell Algorithm Switches


The algorithms and default states of the cell algorithm switches are listed here.

Table 8-6 Cell Algorithm Switch

Algorithm switch Switch ID Description

INTRA_FREQUE Intra-frequency load Defines whether to carry out cell breath


NCY_LDB balance algorithm between intra-frequency cells.

PUC Potential user Defines whether to start the potential user


control algorithm control algorithm.

ULOLC Uplink overload Whether uplink overload control algorithm is


control algorithm used

8-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


8 Algorithm Switches

Algorithm switch Switch ID Description

DLOLC Downlink overload Whether downlink overload control algorithm


control algorithm is used

ULLDR Uplink Load Whether uplink preliminary congestion


Rearrangement control algorithm is used
Algorithm

DLLDR Downlink Load Whether downlink preliminary congestion


Rearrangement control algorithm is used
Algorithm

DOFFC Default offset If the switch is on, DOFF will be configured


configuration with equal intervals; if the switch is off, DOFF
algorithm of the configured randomly
dedicated physical
channel

OLC_EVENTME OLC event measure Specifies whether condition to trigger load


AS control uses event measurement alone or infers
from the period measurement report

IUBBAND_ADCT Iub transmission Control IUB bandwidth admission control


RL bandwidth algorithm. Only IUB_CONG_CAC_SWITCH
admission control which is set by SET CACALGOSWITCH
command is switched on and this switch is also
on,the IUB bandwidth admission control
algorithm is valid

CRD_ADCTRL Credit admission Control NodeB Credit admission control


control algorithm. Only IUB_CONG_CAC_SWITCH
which is set by SET CACALGOSWITCH
command is switched on and this switch is also
on the NodeB Credit admission control
algorithm is valid

HSDPA_GBP_ME HSDPA GBP Control HSDPA HS-DSCH Required Power


AS measure switch measurement

HSDPA_PBR_ME HSDPA PBR Control HSDPA HS-DSCH Provided Bit Rate


AS measure switch measurement

HSDPA_ADCTRL HSDPA admission Control HSDPA admission control algorithm


control

8.2.2 Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch


This parameter is used to control UL CAC algorithm.

Parameter ID
NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-11


8 Algorithm Switches

Value Range
ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_FIRST, ALGORITHM_SECOND,
ALGORITHM_THIRD

Physical Value Range


ALGORITHM_OFF: switches off the uplink admission control algorithm;

ALGORITHM_FIRST: uses the load prediction algorithm for uplink admission;

ALGORITHM_SECOND: uses the total service normalized factor algorithm for uplink
admission;

ALGORITHM_THIRD: The loose call admission control algorithm will be used in uplink
CAC.

Parameter Setting
The default setting is ALGORITHM_SECOND.

When the change range of uplink back noise is wide or the RTWP reported by the NodeB is
invalid, it is necessary to use the total service normalized factor algorithm.

8.2.3 Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch


This parameter is used to control DL CAC algorithm.

Parameter ID
NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch

Value Range
ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_FIRST, ALGORITHM_SECOND,
ALGORITHM_THIRD

Physical Value Range


ALGORITHM_OFF: switches off the uplink admission control algorithm;

ALGORITHM_FIRST: uses the load prediction algorithm for downlink admission;

ALGORITHM_SECOND: uses the total service normalized factor algorithm for downlink
admission;

ALGORITHM_THIRD: The loose call admission control algorithm will be used in downlink
CAC.

Parameter Setting
The default setting is ALGORITHM_SECOND.

If TCP measurement is invalid, the total service normalized factor algorithm will be adopted.

8-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


8 Algorithm Switches

8.3 Other Algorithm Switches


At this time, there are some other algorithm switches, such as Iub CAC algorithm switch, Iub
bandwidth-restricted BE service rate reduction algorithm switch, intra–frequency measurement
control information indication.

8.3.1 Iub CAC Algorithm Switch


This parameter is used to control the Iub Call Admission Control (CAC) algorithm.
8.3.2 Iub Bandwidth-Restricted BE Service Rate Reduction Algorithm Switch
This parameter is used to control the Iub bandwidth-restricted BE service rate reduction
algorithm.
8.3.3 Intra–Frequency Measurement Control Information Indication
This parameter defines whether the intra-frequency measurement control information should be
delivered through the system information.
8.3.4 Inter–Frequency/Inter–RAT Measurement Indication
This parameter defines whether inter–frequency/inter–RAT measurement control information
is to be delivered in the system information.
8.3.5 FACH Measurement Indicator
This parameter indicates whether the FACH measurement occasion period length coefficient
should be delivered through the system information.

8.3.1 Iub CAC Algorithm Switch


This parameter is used to control the Iub Call Admission Control (CAC) algorithm.

Parameter ID
CacSwitch

Value Range

Table 8-7 CAC Algorithm Switch


Algorithm switch Switch ID Description

IUB_CONG_CAC_S Iub congestion The system performs CAC based on the


WITCH CAC switch congestion state of the Iub interface. When the
Iub interface is congested, the system refuses
new access requests.

NODEB_CREDIT_C NodeB credit CAC The system performs CAC based on the usage
AC_SWITCH switch state of NodeB credit. When the idle NodeB's
credit is not enough, the system refuses new
access requests.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-13


8 Algorithm Switches

Relevant Commands
Set the parameter through SET CACALGOSWITCH and query it through LST
CACALGOSWITCH.

8.3.2 Iub Bandwidth-Restricted BE Service Rate Reduction


Algorithm Switch
This parameter is used to control the Iub bandwidth-restricted BE service rate reduction
algorithm.

Parameter ID
IUBCongCtrlSwitch

Value Range
Enum (ON, OFF)

Physical Value Range


Null

Parameter Setting
Default value is OFF.
When this switch is open, the Iub bandwidth restriction algorithm works, so that when the Iub
interface’s occupied bandwidth exceeds the Iub congestion trigger threshold, the algorithm uses
LDR to periodically reduce some BE service rates until the occupied bandwidth is lower than
the Iub congestion release threshold.

Impact on the Network Performance


In case that the Iub interface’s transmission resource is scarce and the carrier wants to admit
more users by sacrificing the feelings of some users, this switch shall be on. When the
transmission resources are abundant, this switch shall preferably be off.

Relevant Commands
Set the parameter through ADD NODEBALGOPARA, query it through LST
NODEBALGOPARA, and modify it through MOD NODEBALGOPARA.

8.3.3 Intra–Frequency Measurement Control Information


Indication
This parameter defines whether the intra-frequency measurement control information should be
delivered through the system information.

Parameter ID
IntraFreqMeasInd

8-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


8 Algorithm Switches

Value Range
Enum (REQUIRE, NOT_REQUIRE)

Physical Value Range


REQUIRE: the intra–frequency measurement control information is delivered in SIB11;
NOT_REQUIRE: the intra–frequency measurement control information is not delivered in
SIB11.

Parameter Setting
The default setting is REQUIRE.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLMEAS, query it through LST CELLMEAS, and modify
it through MOD CELLMEAS.

8.3.4 Inter–Frequency/Inter–RAT Measurement Indication


This parameter defines whether inter–frequency/inter–RAT measurement control information
is to be delivered in the system information.

Parameter ID
InterFreqInterRATMeasInd

Value Range
Enum (NOT_REQUIRE, INTER_FREQ,INTER_RAT, INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT)

Physical Value Range


NOT_REQUIRE: the inter–frequency or inter–RAT measurement control information is not
required;
INTER_FREQ: the inter–frequency measurement control information is required;
INTER_RAT: the inter–RAT measurement control information is required;
INTER_FREQ_and_INTER_RAT: the inter–frequency and inter–RAT measurement control
information is required.

Parameter Setting
The default setting is INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT. That is, Inter–frequency FDD
measurement indicator and Inter–RAT measurement indicators are set to TRUE in the
system message. This switch is oriented to cells.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLMEAS, query it through LST CELLMEAS, and modify
it through MOD CELLMEAS.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 8-15


8 Algorithm Switches

8.3.5 FACH Measurement Indicator


This parameter indicates whether the FACH measurement occasion period length coefficient
should be delivered through the system information.

Parameter ID
FACHMeasInd

Value Range
REQUIRE, NOT_REQUIRE

Physical Value Range


REQUIRE: The measurement occasion about inter-frequency or inter-system were
broadcasted by SIB11.
NOT_REQUIRE:The measurement occasion about inter-frequency or inter-system were not
broadcasted by SIB11.

Parameter Setting
If inter-freq or inter-RAT measurement control information was broadcast through the system
information, some UEs in CELL_FACH state need the FACH measurement occasion period
length coefficient for measurement.
When the parameter InterFreqInterRATMeasInd is set as NOT_REQUIRE, this parameter is
needless.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD CELLMEAS, query it through LST CELLMEAS, and modify
it through MOD CELLMEAS.

8-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

9 Transmission Resource Management


Parameters

About This Chapter

The transmission Resource Management includes ATM transmission, IP transmission.

9.1 ATM Transmission Parameters


The common configurable ATM transmission parameters are listed here.
9.2 IP Transmission Parameters
The common configurable IP transmission parameters are listed here.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-1


9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

9.1 ATM Transmission Parameters


The common configurable ATM transmission parameters are listed here.

Table 9-1 List of ATM transmission parameters

Parameter Parameter Meaning Default Relative Command


ID Value

AAL2PATH AAL2PATH Type If there Set: ADD AAL2PATH


T exists Query: LST AAL2PATH or DSP
HSDPA AAL2PATH
service, it
needs to Modify: MOD AAL2PATH
configue
HSDPA

FWCONGE Forward congestion 95% Set: ADD AAL2ADJNODE


STCTHD control threshold Query: LST AAL2ADJNODE or
DSP AAL2ADJNODE
BWCONGE Backward Congestion 95%
STCTHD Control Threshold Modify: MOD AAL2ADJNODE

FWCONGE Forward Congestion 80%


STRTHD Restore Threshold

BWCONGE Backward Congestion 80%


STRTHD Restore Threshold

RRCFactor RRC Signal Factor 50%

AMRFactor AMR Voice Active 70%


Factor

CSDataFact CS Data Active Factor 100%


or

PSDataFact PS Data Service Active 100%


or Factor

StreamGurF HSDPA Stream 100%


actor Service Guarantee Bit
Rate Active Factor

StreamMax HSDPA Stream 100%


Factor Service Maximum Rate
Active Factor

InteractMax HSDPA Interactive 100%


Factor Service Maximum Rate
Active Factor

BackGrdMa HSDPA Background 100%


xFactor Service Maximum Rate
Factor Rate

9-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

9.1.1 AAL2 Path Type


This parameter is the expected type of the service carried on an AAL2 path.
9.1.2 Forward Congestion Control Threshold
When the mean of an adjacent AAL2 node forward resource occupancies reaches or exceeds
this threshold, the congestive control shall be enabled.
9.1.3 Backward Congestion Control Threshold
When the mean of adjacent AAL2 node backward resource occupancies reaches or exceeds this
threshold, the congestive control shall be enabled.
9.1.4 Forward Congestion Restore Threshold
When the mean of an adjacent AAL2 node forward resource occupancies are smaller than their
threshold, the congestive control shall be stopped.
9.1.5 Backward Congestion Restore Threshold
When the mean of adjacent AAL2 node backward resource occupancies are smaller than their
threshold, the congestive control shall be stopped.
9.1.6 RRC Signal Factor
The parameter is RRC signal factor.
9.1.7 AMR Voice Active Factor
This parameter is AMR voice service active factor.
9.1.8 CS Data Active Factor
This parameter is CS data service active factor.
9.1.9 PS Data Service Active Factor
This parameter is PS data service active factor.
9.1.10 HSDPA Stream Service Guarantee Bit Rate Active Factor
This parameter is HSDPA Stream Service Guarantee Bit Rate Active Factor.
9.1.11 HSDPA Stream Service Maximum Rate Active Factor
This parameter is HSDPA Stream Service Maximum Rate Active Factor.
9.1.12 HSDPA Interactive Service Maximum Rate Active Factor
This parameter is HSDPA Interactive Service Maximum Rate Active Factor.
9.1.13 HSDPA Background Service Maximum Rate Factor Rate
This parameter is HSDPA Background Service Maximum Rate Active Factor.

9.1.1 AAL2 Path Type


This parameter is the expected type of the service carried on an AAL2 path.

Parameter ID
AAL2PATHT

Value Range
R99, HSDPA

Physical Value Range


None

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-3


9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

Parameter Setting
This parameter defines AAL2 path type. It describes whether the service is R99 or HSDPA
carrier on path. HSDPA service and non-HSDPA service can’t carrier on the same AAL2 path.
If the system needs to support HSDPA service, we must configure a HSDPA type AAL2 path.

Impact on the Network Performance


HSDPA channel high peak vs. average value decides the same high peak Vs. average value for
HSDPA service in Iub interface. The burst HSDPA service will affect voice and R99 data service
if it isn’t treated diversify on transmission.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD AAL2PATH, query it through LST AAL2PATH, and modify
it through MOD AAL2PATH.

9.1.2 Forward Congestion Control Threshold


When the mean of an adjacent AAL2 node forward resource occupancies reaches or exceeds
this threshold, the congestive control shall be enabled.

Parameter ID
FWCONGESTCTHD

Value Range
5 to 100

Physical Value Range


5% to 100%, with the step 1%

Parameter Setting
Default value is 95, that is, 95%.

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the parameter value is, the harder it is to trigger the BE service rate reduction. High
parameter value may affect the admission success rate. The smaller the value is, the easier it is
to trigger the BE service rate reduction. Small value affects the feelings of the admitted users.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD AAL2ADJNODE, query it through LST AAL2ADJNODE,
and modify it through MOD AAL2ADJNODE.

9.1.3 Backward Congestion Control Threshold


When the mean of adjacent AAL2 node backward resource occupancies reaches or exceeds this
threshold, the congestive control shall be enabled.

9-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

Parameter ID
BWCONGESTCTHD

Value Range
5 to 100

Physical Value Range


5% to 100%

Parameter Setting
Default value is 95, that is, 95%.

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the parameter is, the harder it is to trigger the BE service rate reduction. High
parameter value may affect the admission success rate. The smaller the value is, the easier the
BE service rate reduction to trigger. Small value affects the feelings of the admitted users.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD AAL2ADJNODE, query it through LST AAL2ADJNODE,
and modify it through MOD AAL2ADJNODE.

9.1.4 Forward Congestion Restore Threshold


When the mean of an adjacent AAL2 node forward resource occupancies are smaller than their
threshold, the congestive control shall be stopped.

Parameter ID
FWCONGESTRTHD

Value Range
4 to 100

Physical Value Range


1% to 100%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 80, that is, 80%.

Impact on the Network Performance


The larger the parameter value, the easier Iub congestion status to release, the less bandwidth
resource preserved through BE service rate reduction for newly admitted users, and the more

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-5


9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

likely oscillation occurs. The smaller the parameter value is, the harder Iub congestion status to
release would be. Too low value reduces the service rate of too many BE users.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD AAL2ADJNODE, query it through LST AAL2ADJNODE,
and modify it through MOD AAL2ADJNODE.

9.1.5 Backward Congestion Restore Threshold


When the mean of adjacent AAL2 node backward resource occupancies are smaller than their
threshold, the congestive control shall be stopped.

Parameter ID
BWCONGESTRTHD

Value Range
1 to 100

Physical Value Range


1% to 100%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 80, that is, 80%.

Impact on the Network Performance


The larger the parameter value, the easier it is to release Iub congestion status, the less bandwidth
resource preserved through BE service rate reduction for newly admitted users, and the more
likely oscillation occurs. The smaller the parameter value is, the harder Iub congestion status to
release would be. Too low value reduces the service rate of too many BE users.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD AAL2ADJNODE, query it through LST AAL2ADJNODE,
and modify it through MOD AAL2ADJNODE.

9.1.6 RRC Signal Factor


The parameter is RRC signal factor.

Parameter ID
RRCFactor

Value Range
1 to 100

9-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

Physical Value Range


1% to 100%, step 1%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 50, that is, 50%.

Impact on the Network Performance


This parameter used for RNC admission procedure. The lower the parameter value, the more
RRC connections the RNC can permit with Iub bandwidth. RRC Admission Transmit Bandwidth
= RRC Signal Rate * Active Factor

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD AAL2ADJNODE, query it through LST AAL2ADJNODE,
and modify it through MOD AAL2ADJNODE.

9.1.7 AMR Voice Active Factor


This parameter is AMR voice service active factor.

Parameter ID
AMRFactor

Value Range
1 to 100

Physical Value Range


1% to 100%, step 1%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 70, that is, 70%.

Impact on the Network Performance


This parameter used for RNC admission procedure. The lower the parameter value, the more
AMR connections the RNC can permit with Iub bandwidth. AMR Voice Actual Transmit
Bandwidth = AMR Voice Rate * Active Factor

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD AAL2ADJNODE, query it through LST AAL2ADJNODE,
and modify it through MOD AAL2ADJNODE.

9.1.8 CS Data Active Factor


This parameter is CS data service active factor.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-7


9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

Parameter ID
CSDataFactor

Value Range
1 to 100

Physical Value Range


1% to 100%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 100, that is, 100%.

Impact on the Network Performance


This parameter used for RNC admission procedure. The lower the parameter value, the more
CS Data connections the RNC can permit with Iub bandwidth. CS data service Actual Transmit
Bandwidth = CS data service Rate * Active Factor. Too low active factor value will affect use
feeling.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD AAL2ADJNODE, query it through LST AAL2ADJNODE,
and modify it through MOD AAL2ADJNODE.

9.1.9 PS Data Service Active Factor


This parameter is PS data service active factor.

Parameter ID
PSDataFactor

Value Range
1 to 100

Physical Value Range


1% to 100%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 100, that is, 100%.

Impact on the Network Performance


This parameter used for RNC admission procedure. The lower the parameter value, the more
PS Data connections the RNC can permit with Iub bandwidth. PS data service Actual Transmit
Bandwidth = PS data service Rate * Active Factor

9-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD AAL2ADJNODE, query it through LST AAL2ADJNODE,
and modify it through MOD AAL2ADJNODE.

9.1.10 HSDPA Stream Service Guarantee Bit Rate Active Factor


This parameter is HSDPA Stream Service Guarantee Bit Rate Active Factor.

Parameter ID
StreamGurFactor

Value Range
1 to 100

Physical Value Range


1% to 100%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 100, that is, 100%.

Impact on the Network Performance


When HSDPA stream service guarantee bit rate admission, the admission transmit bandwidth
equal to guarantee bit rate multiply active factor.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD AAL2ADJNODE, query it through LST AAL2ADJNODE,
and modify it through MOD AAL2ADJNODE.

9.1.11 HSDPA Stream Service Maximum Rate Active Factor


This parameter is HSDPA Stream Service Maximum Rate Active Factor.

Parameter ID
StreamMaxFactor

Value Range
1 to 100

Physical Value Range


1% to 100%

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-9


9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

Parameter Setting
The default value is 100, that is, 100%.

Impact on the Network Performance


When HSDPA stream maximum bit rate admission, the admission transmit bandwidth is equal
to maximum rate multiply active factor.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD AAL2ADJNODE, query it through LST AAL2ADJNODE,
and modify it through MOD AAL2ADJNODE.

9.1.12 HSDPA Interactive Service Maximum Rate Active Factor


This parameter is HSDPA Interactive Service Maximum Rate Active Factor.

Parameter ID
InteractMaxFactor

Value Range
1 to 100

Physical Value Range


1% to 100%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 100, that is, 100%.

Impact on the Network Performance


When HSDPA interactive service maximum rate admission, the admission transmit bandwidth
equal to maximum rate multiply active factor.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD AAL2ADJNODE, query it through LST AAL2ADJNODE,
and modify it through MOD AAL2ADJNODE.

9.1.13 HSDPA Background Service Maximum Rate Factor Rate


This parameter is HSDPA Background Service Maximum Rate Active Factor.

Parameter ID
BackGrdMaxFactor

9-10 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

Value Range
1 to 100

Physical Value Range


1% to 100%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 100, that is, 100%.

Impact on the Network Performance


When HSDPA Background service maximum rate admission, the admission transmit bandwidth
equal to maximum rate multiply active factor.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD AAL2ADJNODE, query it through LST AAL2ADJNODE,
and modify it through MOD AAL2ADJNODE.

9.2 IP Transmission Parameters


The common configurable IP transmission parameters are listed here.

Table 9-2 List of IP transmission parameters

Parameter Parameter Meaning Default Relative Command


ID Value

IPPATHT IP PATH Type NRT Set: ADD IPPATH


Query: LST IPPATH or DSP
DSCP Differentiated Services 18
IPPATH
Code Point
Modify: MOD IPPATH

FWCONGE Forward Congestion 80% Set: ADD IPNODE


STCTHD Control Threshold Query: LST IPNODE or DSP
IPNODE
BWCONGE Backward Congestion 80%
STCTHD Control Threshold Modify: MOD IPNODE

FWCONGE Forward Congestion 70%


STRTHD Restore Threshold

BWCONGE Backward Congestion 70%


STRTHD Restore Threshold

RRCFactor RRC Signal Factor 50

AMRFActor AMR Voice Active 70%


Factor

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-11


9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

Parameter Parameter Meaning Default Relative Command


ID Value

CSDataFact CS Data Active Factor 100%


or

PSDataFact PS Data Service Active 100%


or Factor

9.2.1 IP Path Type


This parameter used to set IP path type.
9.2.2 Differentiated Services Code Point
This parameter used to set IP path differentiated services code point type for IP PATH.
9.2.3 Forward Congestion Control Threshold
When IP node forward resource occupancies exceed this threshold, congestion control is
exercised on the Iub interface.
9.2.4 Backward Congestion Control Threshold
When IP node backward resource occupancies exceed this threshold, congestion control is
exercised on the Iub interface.
9.2.5 Forward Congestion Restore Threshold
When IP node forward resource occupancies are smaller than this threshold, the congestive
control shall be stopped.
9.2.6 Backward Congestion Restore Threshold
When IP node backward resource occupancies are smaller than this threshold, the congestive
control shall be stopped.
9.2.7 RRC Signal Factor
This parameter is RRC signal service factor.
9.2.8 AMR Voice Active Factor
This parameter is AMR voice service active factor.
9.2.9 CS Data Active Factor
This parameter is CS data service active factor.
9.2.10 PS Data Service Active Factor
This parameter is PS data service active factor.

9.2.1 IP Path Type


This parameter used to set IP path type.

Parameter ID
IPPATHT

Value Range
Enum( RT, NRT, HSDPA RT, HSDPA NRT)

9-12 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

Physical Value Range


RT means real time type, NRT means non real time type. HSDPA RT means HSDPA real time
type. HSDPA NRT means HSDPA non real time type.

Parameter Setting
The default value is NRT.

Impact on the Network Performance


Null

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD IPPATH, query it through LST IPPATH, and modify it
through MOD IPPATH.

9.2.2 Differentiated Services Code Point


This parameter used to set IP path differentiated services code point type for IP PATH.

Parameter ID
DSCP

Value Range
Enum (BE, AF1, AF2, AF3, AF4, EF)

Physical Value Range


None

Parameter Setting
The default value is BE.
The purpose of differentiated services code point is division user service priority. The priority
gets higher from BE to EF.

Impact on the Network Performance


Different services use different DSCPs, network provide different service according to DSCP.
Configure IP path respectively, realize different transmit.
For example, IP path is RT/HSDPA_RT type, then use high level DSCP; If IP path is NRT/
HSDPA_NRT type, then use low level DSCP.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD IPPATH, query it through LST IPPATH, and modify it
through MOD IPPATH.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-13


9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

9.2.3 Forward Congestion Control Threshold


When IP node forward resource occupancies exceed this threshold, congestion control is
exercised on the Iub interface.

Parameter ID
FWCONGESTCTHD

Value Range
40 to 100

Physical Value Range


40% to 100%, step 1%

Parameter Setting
Default value is 80, that is, 80%.

Impact on the Network Performance


The lower the parameter is, the easier to trigger congestion control threshold.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD IPNODE, query it through LST IPNODE, and modify it
through MOD IPNODE.

9.2.4 Backward Congestion Control Threshold


When IP node backward resource occupancies exceed this threshold, congestion control is
exercised on the Iub interface.

Parameter ID
BWCONGESTCTHD

Value Range
40 to 100

Physical Value Range


40% to 100%

Parameter Setting
Default value is 80, that is, 80%.

9-14 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance


The lower the parameter is, the easier the congestion control threshold to trigger.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD IPNODE, query it through LST IPNODE, and modify it
through MOD IPNODE.

9.2.5 Forward Congestion Restore Threshold


When IP node forward resource occupancies are smaller than this threshold, the congestive
control shall be stopped.

Parameter ID
FWCONGESTRTHD

Value Range
40 to 100

Physical Value Range


40% to 100%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 70, that is, 70%.

Impact on the Network Performance


The larger the parameter is, the easier to release congestion control threshold.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD IPNODE, query it through LST IPNODE, and modify it
through MOD IPNODE.

9.2.6 Backward Congestion Restore Threshold


When IP node backward resource occupancies are smaller than this threshold, the congestive
control shall be stopped.

Parameter ID
BWCONGESTRTHD

Value Range
40 to 100

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-15


9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

Physical Value Range


40% to 100%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 70, which is 70%.

Impact on the Network Performance


The larger the parameter is, the easier the congestion control threshold to release.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD IPNODE, query it through LST IPNODE, and modify it
through MOD IPNODE.

9.2.7 RRC Signal Factor


This parameter is RRC signal service factor.

Parameter ID
RRCFactor

Value Range
1 to 100

Physical Value Range


1% to 100%, step 1%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 50, which is 50%.

Impact on the Network Performance


This parameter used for RNC admission procedure. The lower the parameter value, the more
RRC connections the RNC can permit with Iub bandwidth. RRC Admission Transmit Bandwidth
= RRC Signal Rate * Active Factor

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD IPNODE, query it through LST IPNODE, and modify it
through MOD IPNODE.

9.2.8 AMR Voice Active Factor


This parameter is AMR voice service active factor.

9-16 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

Parameter ID
AMRFactor

Value Range
1 to 100

Physical Value Range


1% to 100%, step 1%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 70, which is 70%.

Impact on the Network Performance


This parameter used for RNC admission procedure. The lower the parameter value, the more
AMR connections the RNC can permit with Iub bandwidth. RRC Admission Transmit
Bandwidth = AMR Voice Rate * Active Factor

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD IPNODE, query it through LST IPNODE, and modify it
through MOD IPNODE.

9.2.9 CS Data Active Factor


This parameter is CS data service active factor.

Parameter ID
CSDataFactor

Value Range
1 to 100

Physical Value Range


1% to 100%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 100, which is 100%.

Impact on the Network Performance


This parameter used for RNC admission procedure. The lower the parameter value, the more
CS Data connections the RNC can permit with Iub bandwidth. CS data service Admission
Transmit Bandwidth = CS data service Rate * Active Factor

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 9-17


9 Transmission Resource Management Parameters

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD IPNODE, query it through LST IPNODE, and modify it
through MOD IPNODE.

9.2.10 PS Data Service Active Factor


This parameter is PS data service active factor.

Parameter ID
PSDataFactor

Value Range
1 to 100

Physical Value Range


1% to 100%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 100, which is 100%.

Impact on the Network Performance


This parameter used for RNC admission procedure. The lower the parameter value, the more
PS Data connections the RNC can permit with Iub bandwidth. PS data service Admission
Transmit Bandwidth = PS data service Rate * Active Factor

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD IPNODE, query it through LST IPNODE, and modify it
through MOD IPNODE.

9-18 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


10 RLC Retransmission Monitor Algorithm Parameters

10 RLC Retransmission Monitor Algorithm


Parameters

About This Chapter

The common configurable RLC retransmission monitor algorithm parameters are listed here.

Table 10-1 List of RLC retransmission monitor algorithm parameters

Parameter ID Parameter Default Relative Command


Meaning Value

TimeToMoniter Time to start Re- 5000ms Set: ADD TYPRABRLC


TX Monitor Query: LST TYPRAB
MoniterPrd Re-Tx Monitor 1000ms Modify: MOD
Period TYPRABRLC

ReTransRatioFil- Retransmission 1
terCoef Filter Coefficient

EventAThred Event A threshold 160

TimeToTriggerA Event A time to 2


Trigger

PendingTimeA Event A Pending 1


Time after Trigger

ReTransReportPer Event A Report 50ms


iod Period

EventBThred Event B Threshold 80

TimeToTriggerB Event B Time to 14


Trigger

PendingTimeB Event B Pending 1


Time after Trigger

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-1


10 RLC Retransmission Monitor Algorithm Parameters

10.1 Time to start Re-TX Monitor


It means the delay time before starting the re-transmitted PDU monitor when RLC entity is
established or reconfigured.
10.2 Re-Tx Monitor Period
This parameter means the time of a period for re-transmitted PDU monitor.
10.3 Retransmission Filter Coefficient
This parameter means the filter coefficient about retransmission monitor algorithm.
10.4 Event A threshold
This parameter is the threshold of event A, which indicates a high ratio of PDUs are re-
transmitted.
10.5 Event A Time to Trigger
This parameter is the times of period to trigger event A. Event A will trigger only if retransmit
rate higher than event A threshold a certain period continuously.
10.6 Event A Pending Time after Trigger
This parameter is the pending times of period after event A are triggered. During this period, It
will don’t report any event A.
10.7 Event A Report Period
This parameter means the period of delay report after event A trigged.
10.8 Event B Threshold
This parameter means the threshold of event B, which indicates an acceptable ratio of PDUs are
re-transmitted.
10.9 Event B Time to Trigger
This parameter means the times of period to trigger event B.
10.10 Event B Pending Time after Trigger
This parameter is the pending times of period after event A are triggered. During this period, It
will don’t report any event A.

10-2 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


10 RLC Retransmission Monitor Algorithm Parameters

10.1 Time to start Re-TX Monitor


It means the delay time before starting the re-transmitted PDU monitor when RLC entity is
established or reconfigured.

Parameter ID
TimeToMoniter

Value Range
0 to 500000

Physical Value Range


0 to 500000ms, step 1ms

Parameter Setting
The default value is 5000ms.

Impact on the Network Performance


The lower the parameter value, the earlier the RLC re-transmitted monitor start.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modify
it through MOD TYPRABRLC.

10.2 Re-Tx Monitor Period


This parameter means the time of a period for re-transmitted PDU monitor.

Parameter ID
MoniterPrd

Value Range
40 to 60000

Physical Value Range


40 to 60000ms, step 1ms

Parameter Setting
The default value is 1000ms.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-3


10 RLC Retransmission Monitor Algorithm Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance


The lower the parameter value, the earlier the RLC re-transmitted monitor start.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modify
it through MOD TYPRABRLC.

10.3 Retransmission Filter Coefficient


This parameter means the filter coefficient about retransmission monitor algorithm.

Parameter ID
ReTransRatioFilterCoef

Value Range
0 to 10

Physical Value Range


None

Parameter Setting
The default value is 1.

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger parameter value, the stronger the effect on signal smoothness, the less interference
will be. But the weaker the response ability for RLC retransmission measurement value break
will be.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modify
it through MOD TYPRABRLC.

10.4 Event A threshold


This parameter is the threshold of event A, which indicates a high ratio of PDUs are re-
transmitted.

Parameter ID
EventAThred

Value Range
0 to 1000

10-4 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


10 RLC Retransmission Monitor Algorithm Parameters

Physical Value Range


0 to 100%, step 0.1%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 160. That is 16%

Impact on the Network Performance


The lower the parameter value, the earlier RLC re-transmitted event A to trigger. Thereby lead
to RNC reduces data send.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modify
it through MOD TYPRABRLC.

10.5 Event A Time to Trigger


This parameter is the times of period to trigger event A. Event A will trigger only if retransmit
rate higher than event A threshold a certain period continuously.

Parameter ID
TimeToTriggerA

Value Range
0 to 100

Physical Value Range


None

Parameter Setting
The default value is 2.

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the parameter value, the more difficult the event A triggers. Thereby lead to RNC
reduces data transfer. This strategy maybe isn’t so good in poor air-interface quality condition.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modify
it through MOD TYPRABRLC.

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-5


10 RLC Retransmission Monitor Algorithm Parameters

10.6 Event A Pending Time after Trigger


This parameter is the pending times of period after event A are triggered. During this period, It
will don’t report any event A.

Parameter ID
PendingTimeA

Value Range
0 to 1000

Physical Value Range


None

Parameter Setting
The default value is 1.

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the parameter value, the more difficult the event A to triggers. Thereby lead to RNC
reduces data transfer. This strategy maybe isn’t so good in poor air-interface quality condition.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modify
it through MOD TYPRABRLC.

10.7 Event A Report Period


This parameter means the period of delay report after event A trigged.

Parameter ID
ReTransReportPeriod

Value Range
0 to 1000

Physical Value Range


0–1000ms, step is 10ms.

Parameter Setting
The default value is 50ms.

10-6 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()


10 RLC Retransmission Monitor Algorithm Parameters

Impact on the Network Performance


The bigger the parameter value, the latter the event A report after trigger.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modify
it through MOD TYPRABRLC.

10.8 Event B Threshold


This parameter means the threshold of event B, which indicates an acceptable ratio of PDUs are
re-transmitted.

Parameter ID
EventBThred

Value Range
0 to 1000

Physical Value Range


0 to 100%, step 0.1%

Parameter Setting
The default value is 80%.

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the parameter value, the easier the event B to trigger.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modify
it through MOD TYPRABRLC.

10.9 Event B Time to Trigger


This parameter means the times of period to trigger event B.

Parameter ID
TimeToTriggerB

Value Range
0 to 100

Issue () Huawei Technologies Proprietary 10-7


10 RLC Retransmission Monitor Algorithm Parameters

Physical Value Range


None

Parameter Setting
The default value is 14.

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the parameter value is, the more difficult the event B to trigger.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modify
it through MOD TYPRABRLC.

10.10 Event B Pending Time after Trigger


This parameter is the pending times of period after event A are triggered. During this period, It
will don’t report any event A.

Parameter ID
PendingTimeB

Value Range
0 to 1000

Physical Value Range


None

Parameter Setting
The default value is 1.

Impact on the Network Performance


The higher the parameter value, the more delay event B reported.

Relevant Commands
Set this parameter through ADD TYPRABRLC, query it through LST TYPRAB, and modify
it through MOD TYPRABRLC.

10-8 Huawei Technologies Proprietary Issue ()

Вам также может понравиться